2019
OWNER’S MANUAL
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
3
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
.
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 0 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop
100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
NOTICE
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 1 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 33
For Safe Driving P. 34 Seat Belts P. 40 Airbags P. 49
2 Instrument Panel P. 79
Indicators P. 80 Gauges and Displays P. 116
2 Controls P. 129
Clock P. 130 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 132
Moonroof
*
P. 165 Panoramic Roof
*1
P. 166
Adjusting the Seats P. 195
2 Features P. 229
Audio System P. 230 Audio System Basic Operation P. 237, 258
Customized Features P. 349 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
P. 382
2 Driving P. 445
Before Driving P. 446 Towing a Trailer P. 451
Parking Your Vehicle P. 540 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 546
2 Maintenance P. 553
Before Performing Maintenance P. 554 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 557
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 591
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 608
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 615
Tools P. 616 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 617
Overheating P. 631 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 634
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 645
2 Information P. 647
Specifications P. 648 Identification Numbers P. 650
Emissions Testing P. 654 Warranty Coverages P. 656
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 2 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Contents
Child Safety P. 63 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 76 Safety Labels P. 77
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 148 Security System P. 159 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 162
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 169 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 193
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 205 Climate Control System P. 224
Audio Error Messages P. 327 General Information on the Audio System P. 332
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 385, 408 Compass
*
P. 442
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 456 When Driving P. 458 Braking P. 522
Refueling P. 548 Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 551 Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
P. 552
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 567 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 584
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 595 Battery P. 604 Remote Transmitter Care P. 606
Cleaning P. 609 Accessories and Modifications P. 614
Engine Does Not Start P. 624 Jump Starting P. 627 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 630
Fuses P. 640 Emergency Towing P. 644
Refueling P. 646
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 652 Reporting Safety Defects P. 653
Authorized Manuals P. 658 Customer Service Information P. 659
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 33
Instrument Panel
P. 79
Controls
P. 129
Features
P. 229
Driving
P. 445
Maintenance
P. 553
Handling the Unexpected
P. 615
Information
P. 647
Index
P. 661
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 3 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙
Ignition Switch
*
(P169)
❙
Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P192)
❙
Information Display
*
(P117)
❙
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Button
*
(P516)
❙
Hazard Warning Button
❙
System Indicators
(P80)
❙
Rear Defogger
(P188)
❙
Gauges
(P116)
❙
Driver Information Interface
*
(P120)
❙
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*
(P170)
❙
Audio System
(P237, 258)
❙
Navigation System
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
(Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) System OFF) Button
(P508)
❙
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button
*
(P496)
❙
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
*
(P534)
❙
Heated Windshield Button
*
(P189)
❙
Power Tailgate Button
*
(P152)
❙
Heated Door Mirror Button
*
(P188)
❙
Climate Control System
(P224)
❙
Front Seat Heater Buttons
*
(P221)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 4 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙
(TRIP) Knob
(P117, 121)
❙
Brightness Control
(P186)
❙
Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice
Control Buttons
(P385, 408)
❙
Cruise Control Buttons
*
(P470, 473)
❙
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons
*
(P479)
❙
(+
/
(-
/ / Buttons
*
(P233)
❙
SOURCE Button
*
(P233)
❙
/ / / Buttons
*
(P120, 233)
❙
ENTER Button
*
(P120, 233)
❙
Wipers/Washers
(P183)
❙
Headlights/Turn Signals
(P174, 175)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P178)
❙
LaneWatch
TM*
(P513)
❙
Km/Mile Change Knob
*
(P116)
❙
Interval Button
*
(P489)
❙
Heated Steering Wheel Button
*
(P220)
❙
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
*
(P499)
❙
(Display/Information) Button
*
(P120, 259)
❙
Horn (Press an area around .)
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 5 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Rearview Mirror
(P193)
❙
Driver's Front Airbag
(P52)
❙
Hood Release Handle
(P569)
❙
Driver’s Pocket
❙
Fuel Fill Door Release Handle
(P549)
❙
Memory Buttons
*
(P 191)
❙
Interior Fuse Box
(P641)
❙
Passenger's Front Airbag
(P52)
❙
SET Button
*
(P 191)
❙
Power Window Switches
(P162)
❙
Door Mirror Controls
(P194)
❙
Master Door Lock Switch
(P 143)
❙
Electric Parking Brake
Switch
(P522)
❙
Automatic Brake Hold
Button
(P526)
❙
Glove Box
(P209)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P215)
❙
ECON Button
(P469)
❙
Shift Lever
(P467)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P215)
❙
USB Port(s)
(P231)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 6 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Moonroof Switch
*
(P165)
❙
Side Airbags
(P56)
❙
Rear Seat
(P199)
❙
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat
(P68)
❙
Grab Handle
❙
Coat Hook
(P217)
❙
Panoramic Roof Switch
*
(P166)
❙
Front Map Lights
(P207)
❙
Seat Belts
(P40)
❙
Rear Map Lights
(P208)
❙
Side Curtain Airbags
(P58)
❙
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
(P46)
❙
Cargo Area Light
(P208)
❙
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat
(P72)
❙
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)
(P71)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
*
(P216)
❙
USB Ports
*
(P231)
❙
Front Seat
(P195)
❙
Sun Visors
❙
Vanity Mirrors
❙
Center Console Box
(P210)
❙
Rear Seat Heater Buttons
*
(P222)
❙
Sunglasses Holder
(P219)
❙
Ceiling Light
(P205)
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 7 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Windshield Wipers
(P183, 591)
❙
Door Lock/Unlock Control
(P135)
❙
How to Refuel
(P549)
❙
High-Mount Brake Light
(P590)
❙
Rear Wiper
(P185, 593)
❙
Brake/Taillights
(P588)
❙
Power Door Mirrors
(P194)
❙
Maintenance Under the Hood
(P567)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P178, 586)
❙
Multi-View Rear Camera
(P546)
❙
Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker Lights
(P174, 175, 588)
❙
Tires
(P595, 617)
❙
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
(P148)
❙
Side Turn Signal Lights
*
(P174, 588)
❙
Headlights
(P175, 584)
❙
Tailgate Outer Handle
(P157)
❙
Taillights
(P589)
❙
Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P588)
❙
Rear Side Marker Lights
(P588)
❙
Back-Up Lights
(P589)
❙
Rear License Plate Light
(P590)
❙
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
(P175, 182, 588)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 8 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
9
Quick Reference Guide
Eco Assist® System
(P469)
Ambient Meter
● The color of the ambient meter
changes to green to indicate that the
vehicle is being driven in a fuel
efficient manner.
ECON Button
(P469)
Helps maximize fuel economy.
ECON Mode Indicator
(P92)
Comes on when ECON mode is on.
Models with driver information interface
The message is displayed for a few seconds when the
ECON button is pressed.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 9 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P33)
Airbags
(P49)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P63)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P76)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P446)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head
restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been
properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P40)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 10 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P79)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) System
Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) OFF Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System
Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Door Open Indicator
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator/Security
System Alarm Indicator
Speedometer Fuel Gauge
Tachometer
Shift Lever Position Indicator/
Transmission System Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges
(P 116)
/Information Display
*
(P 117)
/
Driver Information Interface
*
(P120)
/System Indicators
(P80)
ECON Mode Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Maintenance Minder
Indicator
Transmission
Temperature
Indicator
Models with information display
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
System Indicators
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
Temperature Gauge
Brake Depressing
Indicator
Tailgate Open
Indicator
Power Reduced
Indicator
All-wheel drive
(AWD) Indicator
*
Starter System Indicator
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 11 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
12
Quick Reference Guide
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) System
Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Speedometer Fuel Gauge
Shift Lever Position
Indicator/Transmission
System Indicator
Immobilizer System Indicator/
Security System Alarm Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
ECON Mode Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Models with driver information interface
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
System Indicators
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
U.S.
Canada
Temperature Gauge
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator
*
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow
(LSF) Indicator
(Amber/Green)
*
System Message
Indicator
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
*
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
*
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
Indicator (Amber/
Green)
*
Tachometer
Auto High-beam
System Indicator
*
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
*
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
Blind spot
information System
Indicator
*
Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) OFF Indicator
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 12 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P129)
Clock
(P130)
a
Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK
button.
b
Rotate to change hour, then press
.
c
Rotate to change minute, then
press .
d
Select SET, then press .
These indications are used to show how to
operate the Selector knob.
•
Rotate to select.
•
Press to enter.
Models with color audio system
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
a
Select the (HOME) icon, then select
Settings.
b
Select Clock, then Clock Adjustment.
c
Touch the respective / icon to
adjust the hours or minutes up or
down.
d
Select OK.
Models with navigation system
Models with Display Audio
3
4
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
*
(P170)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 13 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Turn Signals
(P174)
Lights
(P175)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wipers and Washers
(P183)
*1: Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2: Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies
automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Low Sensitivity
*1
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
High Sensitivity
*1
Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
(+ :
(+:
(- :
(-:
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
● Cleaning the windshield
● Driving through a car wash
● No rain present
Steering Wheel
(P192)
● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 14 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P142)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
Tailgate
(P148)
Use a forward and back kicking motion
under the center of the rear bumper to
open or close the power tailgate while
carrying the smart entry remote.
Models with Hands Free Access
1 sec.
● With all the doors unlocked, press the
tailgate outer handle, and lift open the
tailgate.
● Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock
and open the tailgate when you have the
smart entry remote on you.
● Press the power tailgate button on the
driver side control panel, or press the
remote transmitter to unlock and open
the tailgate when you have the smart
entry remote on you.
Outer
Handle
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models with power tailgate
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 15 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Power Door Mirrors
(P194)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w
*1
, move
the selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Power Windows
(P162)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w
*1
, open
and close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger's window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger's window switch is disabled.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 16 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
(P224)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Models without SYNC button
Fan Control Dial
(Fresh Air) Button
Temperature Control Dial
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
(Recirculation) Button
(MODE Control) Button
(ON/OFF) Button
AUTO Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 17 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Models with SYNC button
Passenger's side Temperature
Control Dial
(Windshield Defroster) Button
Driver's side Temperature
Control Dial
(Recirculation) Button
(CLIMATE) Button
(ON/OFF) Button
AUTO Button
Audio/Information Screen
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
(Fresh Air) Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 18 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Quick Reference Guide
19
Features
(P229)
Audio Remote Controls
(P233)
●
(+ / (- Button
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM1/
FM2/AM/USB or iPod/Pandora®/
Bluetooth® Audio.
Models with color audio system
SOURCE Button
(+ / (- / / Button
● / Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
iPod, USB device, or Bluetooth® Audio:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
USB device or Bluetooth® Audio
*
:
Press and hold to change a folder.
Pandora®:
Press to skip to the next track. Press
and hold to select the next or
previous station.
● (+ / (- Bar
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● / Button
Press or to cycle through the audio
mode as follows:
FM/AM/SiriusXM®
*
/USB/iPod/
Bluetooth® Audio/Pandora®
*
/Apps
*
/
Audio Apps
*
• When listening to the radio and
SiriusXM®
*
a
Press ENTER to switch the display to a
preset list you stored in the preset
buttons.
b
Press or to select a preset, then
press ENTER.
Models with Display Audio
ENTER Button
/ / / Button
3
4
(+ / (- Bar
3
4
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 19 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
20
Quick Reference Guide
• When listening to a USB flash drive
a
Press ENTER to display the folder list.
b
Press or to select a folder.
c
Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in
that folder.
d
Press or to select a track, then
press ENTER.
• When listening to an iPod
a
Press ENTER to display the iPod music
list.
b
Press or to select a category.
c
Press ENTER to display a list of items in
the category.
d
Press or to select an item, then
press ENTER.
u Press ENTER and press or
repeatedly until a desired item you
want to listen is displayed.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
• When listening to Pandora®
*
a
Press ENTER to display the station list.
b
Press or to select an item, then
press ENTER.
• When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
a
Press ENTER to display the track list.
b
Press or to select a track, then
press ENTER.
3
4
3
4
● / Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
Pandora®
*
:
Press to skip to the next track.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous station.
(Display/Information) Button:
Press to change contents.
2 Driver Information
Interface
*
(P120)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 20 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
21
Quick Reference Guide
Audio system
(P230)
(P237)
Models with color audio system
(Seek/Skip) Button
RADIO Button
(Day/Night) Button
MEDIA Button
Preset Buttons (1-6)
(Seek/Skip) Button
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Audio/Information Screen
(Back) Button
(Sound) Button
MENU/CLOCK Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 21 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
22
Quick Reference Guide
(P258)
For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
Models with Display Audio
(Audio) Icon
(Back) Icon
Audio/Information Screen
Driver Information Interface
(Instrument Panel) Icon
(Day/Night) Icon
*
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio)
Knob
(Home) Icon
(Map) Icon
*
(Phone) Icon
Compass Icon
*
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 22 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
23
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P445)
Release Button
Shift Lever
Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of
(P.
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.
Continuously Variable Transmission
(P467)
● Shift to
(P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
● Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.
Drive (S)
●
Better acceleration
●
Used to increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
Low
●
Used to further increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 23 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
24
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® On and Off
(P508)
● The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear
a beep.
Cruise Control
*
(P470, 473)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press –/SET once you have
achieved the desired speed (above 25
mph or 40 km/h).
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P516)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you start the engine.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.
CMBS
TM
*
On and Off
(P534)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you
start the engine.
● To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 24 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
25
Quick Reference Guide
Refueling
(P548)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
Fuel tank capacity:14 US gal (53 L)
a
Pull the fuel fill door
release handle.
b
After refueling, wait
for about five
seconds before
removing the filler
nozzle.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 25 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
26
Quick Reference Guide
Honda Sensing®
*
Honda Sensing® is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located in the front grille and a front sensor
camera mounted to the interior side of the
windshield, behind the rear view mirror.
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
Front Sensor
Camera
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is
inside the front grille.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
(P479)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to
keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P495)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P499)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
(P530)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as
to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 26 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
27
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P553)
Under the Hood
(P567)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then
raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you
can release the lever.
c
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights
(P584)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades
(P591)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires
(P595)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 27 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
28
Quick Reference Guide
Handling the Unexpected
(P615)
Flat Tire
(P617)
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
cargo area.
Indicators Come On
(P634)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.
Engine Won't Start
(P624)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P640)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P631)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P644)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 28 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
29
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(0 to (q.
Why?
The power mode does not
change from VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) to ACCESSORY.
Why?
●
The steering wheel may be locked.
●
Try to turn the steering wheel left and right
while turning the ignition key.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right after pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(q
to
(0
and
I cannot remove the key.
Why?
The power mode does not
change from ACCESSORY
to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Why?
The shift lever should be moved to
(P
.
U.S. models without smart entry
system
Canadian models
U.S. models without smart entry system
Canadian models
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 29 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
30
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
u Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
(P528)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The exterior lights are left on.
●
The key is left in the ignition switch.
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 30 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
31
Quick Reference Guide
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
operating range before the door completely closes.
u Locking the vehicle (Walk away auto lock®)
(P136)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Pressing the electric
parking brake switch does
not release the parking
brake. Why?
Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Check if the transmission is in
(P
or
(N
. If so, select any other
position.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Models with walk away auto lock®
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 31 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
32
Quick Reference Guide
I'm seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If
you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate
the system.
u Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P516)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 32 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
33
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 34
Important Handling Information......... 36
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 37
Safety Checklist ................................. 38
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 40
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 44
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 48
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 49
Types of Airbags ................................ 52
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 52
Side Airbags....................................... 56
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 58
Airbag System Indicators.................... 60
Airbag Care ....................................... 62
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 63
Safety of Infants and Small Children....... 65
Safety of Larger Children ................... 74
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 76
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 77
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 33 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
34
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 34 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
35
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the
climate control system can shut off at any time.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 35 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
36
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information
Safe Driving
Important Handling Information
Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping
or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2 Precautions While Driving P. 465
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 456
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 36 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
37
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle's Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
Side Airbags
11
10
9
8
7
6
Door Locks
6
10
7
99 8
10
8
11
7
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 37 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
38
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 195
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 201
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 44
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 63
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or the tailgate open indicator is on, a
door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed.
Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the
indicator goes off.
2 Door Open Indicator
*
P. 87
2 Tailgate Open Indicator
*
P. 87
Models with information display
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 38 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
39
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on
the driver information interface, a door and/or the
tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and
the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages
*
P. 102
Models with driver information interface
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 39 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
40
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body.
The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 71
1About Your Seat Belts
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 40 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
41
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 41 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
42
Safe Driving
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
and
a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound
and the indicator will blink. After a few
seconds, the beeper will stop and the
indicator will come on and remain illuminated
until the seat belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the seat belt is fastened.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 63
Models with driver information interface
Models with information display
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 42 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
43
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 43 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
44
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 195
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 44 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
45
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
pulling the shoulder anchor outward.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Pull
outward
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 45 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
46
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure
the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt
to the anchor buckle.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
■
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
3
WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Latch
Plate
Buckle
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 46 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
47
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 47 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
48
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 48 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
49
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
11
8
8
78108 9
8
8
12
12
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 49 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
50
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
c
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
d
An electronic control unit that, when the
vehicle is on, continually monitors
information about the various impact
sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover
sensor, airbag activators, seat belt
tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
e
Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
f
A driver's seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
g
Weight sensors in the front passenger's
seat. The front passenger's airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
h
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
i
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger's front
airbag has been turned off.
j
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
k
A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
l
Pressure sensors inside each front door
that control side airbag deployment.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 50 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
51
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 51 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
52
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON
(w
*1
.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE
START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 52 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
53
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 53 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
54
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seatbelt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seatbelt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 54 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
55
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger's advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger's seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger's
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger's airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29kg) or less.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver's seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver's seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
•
Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•
Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•
Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•
Do not cover the passenger's side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 61
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 55 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
56
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger's side, the airbag
may not deploy when there is no passenger in the
front passenger seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Side airbag deployment is controlled by a pressure
sensor inside each front door. Damage or changes to
the inside or outside of the doors may negatively
affect side airbag deployment.
Contact an authorized dealer before changing or
repairing a front door.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 56 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
57
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 57 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
58
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 58 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
59
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 59 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
60
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the driver information interface
*
.
■ When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w
*1
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
Models with information display
Models with driver information interface
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 60 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
61
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 63
If the front passenger's seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy
and the indicator will come on.
■
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
that:
•
There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat-back.
•
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
•
The front seat or seat-back is not forced back
against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•
There is no object placed under or beside the front
passenger’s seat.
•
The occupant is sitting in an upright position and
the seat back is not excessively reclined.
•
The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
•
The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
•
There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
•
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
go off periodically if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible if:
•
All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
•
The seat is empty and the indicator is off.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front
seat when the indicator is on.
U.S.
Canada
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 61 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
62
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver's seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger's seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact a Honda
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda Automobile Customer Service at 1-800-
999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles, Honda Canada Customer Relations at 1-888-
9-HONDA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 62 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
63
Continued
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 63 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
64
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle warning came
with a label on the dashboard (U.S. models) and has
labels on the front visors. Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 77
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 64 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 49
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child's height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position:
The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 65 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
66
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 66 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 67 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
68
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in rear seats. A child seat is attached
to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower
Anchors
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 68 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
69
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Go to step 7.
3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position.
4. Open the anchor cover.
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Flexible Type
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Outer position
Outer position
Cover
Center Lower Anchor
Center position
Center position
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 69 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
70
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
5. Route the tether strap through the head
restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not
twisted.
6. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
7. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
8. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
9. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Center position
All models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 70 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
71
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt if it is completely retracted
it unlocks wind up into the retractor, then
try to pull it out to make sure the retractor
is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 71 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
72
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position.
If you have a child seat that comes with a
tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the
tether may be used for additional security.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.
Tether Anchorage Points
Anchor Fitting
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 72 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
73
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
■ Using an outer anchor
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■ Using the center anchor
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position.
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Route the tether strap through the head
restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 73 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
74
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 74 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
75
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child's safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer's recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 75 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
76
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 76 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
77
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
*1: 1.5 L engine models
*2: 2.4 L engine models
Sun Visor
U.S. models only Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Air Conditioner System
Canadian models
Sun Visor
U.S. models only
U.S. models
*1
U.S. models
*2
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 77 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
78
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 78 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
79
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators
Information Display Warning and
Information Messages
*
.................. 101
Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages
*
.................. 102
Gauges and Displays
Gauges............................................ 116
Information Display
*
........................ 117
Driver Information Interface
*
........... 120
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 79 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
80
Instrument Panel
Indicators
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off if the parking
brake has been released.
●
Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.
●
Comes on for about 15 seconds
when you pull the electric parking
brake switch while the ignition
switch is in LOCK
(0
*1
.
●
Stays on for about 15 seconds
when you turn the ignition switch
to LOCK
(0
*1
while the electric
parking brake is set.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 636
●
Comes on along with the brake
system indicator (amber) -
Immediately stop in a safe place. Contact
a dealer for repair. The brake pedal
becomes harder to operate. Depress the
pedal further than you normally do.
●
Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks P. 636
●
Blinks and the brake system indicator
(amber) comes on at the same time -
There is a problem with the electric
parking brake system. The parking brake
may not be set.
Avoid using the parking brake and have
your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 637
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 80 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to braking
other than the conventional brake
system.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system or the automatic brake
hold system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on while driving - Avoid using
the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
●
Comes on if the parking brake and
brake system is deactivated
temporarily after the battery has
been disconnected, then re-
connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 81 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the radar sensor.
●
Indicator may come on temporarily
when the Maximum Load Limit is
exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 526
Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 526
—
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
Models with CMBS
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 82 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 634
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts, or
after several seconds if the engine
did not start. If “readiness codes”
have not been set, it blinks five
times before it goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control system.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine's cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 654
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes
or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 635
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the battery is not
charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger
in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 634
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 83 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
84
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Shift Lever
Position
Indicator
●
Indicates the current shift lever
position.
2 Shifting P. 467
Transmission
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Blinks if the transmission system
has a problem.
●
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you turn the ignition switch
to ON
(w
*1
.
●
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on a few seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt
- A detection error may have occurred in
the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 42
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 84 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Low Fuel
Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 2.1
U.S. gal/8.0 liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator
on, your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 528
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 85 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
86
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA® system or hill start
assist system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 507
●
Comes on if the VSA® system is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
OFF Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 508
●
Comes on if the VSA® system is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 86 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Door Open
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds if you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if any door is not
completely closed.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if any door is
opened while driving.
●
Goes off when all doors are closed.
—
Tailgate Open
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds if you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if the tailgate is not
completely closed.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if tailgate is
opened while driving.
●
Goes off when the tailgate is closed.
—
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, and
goes off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 638
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 87 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
May come on briefly if the ignition
switch is turned to ON (w
*1
and
the vehicle is not moved within 45
seconds, to indicate the calibration
process is not yet complete.
●
Comes on and stays on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly
low.
- The system has not been
calibrated.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Stays on after the tires are inflated to
the recommended pressures - The
system needs to be calibrated.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 516
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire is temporarily installed.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle
is fitted with a compact spare, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced, and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
●
Comes on if the TPMS is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 88 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
System Message
Indicator
*
●
Comes on along with a beep
when a problem is detected. A
system message on the driver
information interface appears at
the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, press the
(display/information) button to see the
message again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the driver information interface. Take
the appropriate action for the message.
●
The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the button
is pressed.
—
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
●
Blink when you operate the turn
signal lever.
●
Blinks along with all turn signals
when you press the hazard
warning button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 588
—
High Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
Auto High-beam
System Indicator
*
●
Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the Auto high-beam
system are met.
2 Auto High-Beam System
*
P. 179
—
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on when the light switch
in a position other than OFF or
when the switch is set to AUTO
*
and the exterior lights come on.
●
If you remove the key from the ignition
switch
*1
while the exterior lights are on, a
chime sounds when the driver's door is
opened.
—
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 89 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the ignition on.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
— —
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Blinks if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the engine.
Depress the brake pedal, then turn the
ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
. Pull the key
out
*2
, and then insert the key and turn it
to ON (w
*1
again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
Indicator
Models without
smart entry system
Models with smart
entry system
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 90 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the ignition on.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Security System
Alarm Indicator
●
Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm
*
P. 159
—
Blind spot
information
System
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Stays on while blind spot
information system is turned off.
—
●
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
accumulates in the vicinity of
sensor.
●
Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind spot information System
*
P. 510
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 91 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
92
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
ECON Mode
Indicator
●
Comes on when you press the
ECON button.
2 ECON Button P. 469
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 473
—
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
*
●
Comes on if you have set a speed
for cruise control.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 473
—
Maintenance
Minder
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you turn the ignition switch
to ON (w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the scheduled
maintenance is due soon.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 557
—
Transmission
Temperature
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the transmission
fluid temperature is too high.
●
Stop in a safe place and move the shift
position to (P.
—
Power Reduced
Indicator
*
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the shutter grille, and the
radiator coolant temperature is
too high.
●
Power output will be reduced, so you may
not be able to accelerate or maintain your
current speed. Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
—
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 92 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Brake
Depressing
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Blinks when the electric parking
brake switch is pressed without
depressing the brake pedal while
the electric parking brake is in
operation.
●
Blinks while driving - Press the electric
parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
2 Parking Brake P. 522
—
●
Blinks when the automatic brake
hold button is pressed without
depressing the brake pedal while
the automatic brake hold is in
operation.
●
Blinks if the automatic brake hold
is automatically canceled while it
is in operation. The beeper
sounds.
●
Blinks while driving - Press the
automatic brake hold button with the
brake pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 526
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
—
Starter System
Indicator
*
●
Comes on if the starter system has
a problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold
the ENGINE START/STOP button for up
to 15 seconds while pressing the brake
pedal and manually start the engine. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
—
Electric Parking Brake System
Automatic Brake Hold System
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 93 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
94
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
All-wheel drive
(AWD)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the AWD system.
●
Blinks when the differential
temperature is too high.
●
Stays on constantly - The engine drives
the front wheels only in this state. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
—
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place, change to
(P, and idle the engine
until the indicator goes off. If the indicator
does not stop blinking, take your vehicle
to a dealer.
2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent
Control System
TM
*
P. 515
—
Road Departure
Mitigation
(RDM) Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on if the RDM is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 94 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
95
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
- Indicator may come on temporarily when
passing through an enclosed space, such as
tunnel.
- The area around the radar sensor is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
you cleaned the radar sensor.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 530
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 95 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
96
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Road Departure
Mitigation
(RDM) Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with
a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message come back on
after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
●
Indicator may come on
temporarily when the Maximum
Load Limit is exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator
(Amber)
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with LSF.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 96 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
97
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator
(Amber)
*
●
Comes on if the ACC with LSF is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Indicator may come on
temporarily when the Maximum
Load Limit is exceeded.
●
ACC with LSF has been
automatically canceled.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator
(Green)
*
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
—
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 97 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
98
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
*
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 499
—
Collision
Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
the CMBS
TM
. A driver information
interface message appears for
five seconds.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the
CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 530
●
Comes on if the CMBS
TM
is
deactivated temporarily after the
battery has been disconnected,
then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 98 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
99
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with
a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
you cleaned the camera.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 530
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The
system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
●
Indicator may come on temporarily when
passing through an enclosed space, such
as tunnel.
- The area around the radar sensor is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
you clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 530
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 99 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
100
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Indicator may come on
temporarily when the Maximum
Load Limit is exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 100 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
101
uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Information Display Warning and Information Messages
*
The following messages appear only on the information display.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the battery.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 101 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
102
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (display/information) button to see the message
again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely
closed.
●
Appears if any door or the tailgate is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.
●
Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the shutter grille,
and the radiator coolant temperature is too high.
●
Power output will be reduced, so you may not be able to
accelerate or maintain your current speed. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears when the washer fluid gets low.
●
Refill the washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 583
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due
soon.
●
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver
Information Interface P. 563
●
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 631
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 102 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
103
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
without fastening the driver's seat belt.
●
Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the battery.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the Battery P. 604
●
Appears along with the battery charging system
indicator when the battery is not charging.
●
Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to
reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 634
●
Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 526
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 526
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the automatic brake hold is in operation.
●
Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 526
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 526
2 Parking Brake P. 522
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 103 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
104
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the electric parking brake switch is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the electric parking brake is in operation.
●
Appears while driving - Press the electric parking
brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
2 Parking Brake P. 522
●
Appears if there is something wrong with the vehicle
while you are driving.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears if the shift position cannot be changed to
(P due to a problem with the vehicle.
●
Apply the parking brake once you have stopped.
2 Parking Brake P. 522
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you open the driver’s door while the
ignition key is in ACCESSORY (q.
●
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0, then remove the
key.
●
Appears when the ignition key is turned to
ACCESSORY
(q from ON (w. (The driver's door is
closed.)
—
●
Appears when you open the driver’s door while the
ignition key is in LOCK (0.
●
Remove the key from the ignition switch.
Models without smart entry system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 104 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
105
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears after you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
2 Starting the Engine P. 460
●
Appears when the steering wheel is locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
Models with smart entry system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 105 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
106
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP
button to turn the engine off without the shift lever
in
(P.
●
Move the shift lever to (P. The power mode changes to
VEHICLE OFF.
●
Move the shift lever to (P, then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button twice.
●
Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP
button and the parking brake is not activated or the
shift lever is in (N position.
●
Move the shift lever to (P position and start the engine.
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button
*
P. 170
●
Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside
the vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back
inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 172
●
Appears when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak.
●
Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 606
U.S. models
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 106 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
107
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too
weak to start the engine or the key is not within
operating range to start the engine.
A beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the smart entry remote in front of the ENGINE
START/STOP button to be touched with.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 625
●
Appears when the starter system has a problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for up to 15 seconds while pressing
the brake pedal and manually start the engine.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the
smart entry system or push button starting system.
●
Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
●
Appears if the vehicle is being driven in a manner
consistent with drowsy or inattentive driving.
2 Driver Attention Monitor P. 123
U.S.
Canada
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 107 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
108
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the light control
system.
●
Appears while driving - Manually turn the lights on,
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The headlights may not be on.
When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Models with LED headlight
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 108 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
109
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when ACC with LSF has been
automatically canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/
+ button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
• Appears when ACC with LSF is canceled due to
excessive high vehicle speed.
• Reduce the speed, then reset ACC with LSF.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
• Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high
for you to set ACC with LSF.
• Reduce the speed, then set ACC with LSF.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when the distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC
with LSF is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
distance between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you is too close.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when the driver’s seat belt is unfastened
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC
with LSF.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
Models with CMBS
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 109 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
110
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle in front of you starts
moving while your vehicle is stopped automatically
by ACC with LSF.
●
Either press the RES/+ button or –/SET button, or
depress the accelerator pedal.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when the shift lever is moved into any
position other than (D or (S while ACC with LSF is
in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
shift lever is in any position other than
(D or (S.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 110 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
111
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while ACC with LSF is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
2 Parking Brake P. 522
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
parking brake is applied.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
2 Parking Brake P. 522
●
Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
●
Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your
vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision
with a vehicle in front of you.
●
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 530
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
*
P. 479
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 111 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
112
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
P. 495
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected line. The system
also steers the vehicle to help you remain within
your driving lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
P. 495
●
You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only
can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 349
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
• Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover
and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you clean the sensor
cover.
2 Honda Sensing®
*
P. 26
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 112 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
113
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
• Appears if the temperature inside the front sensor
camera is too high and some driver assist systems
cannot be activated.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
• Disappears - The camera has been cooled down and
the systems are activated normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
2 Auto High-Beam System
*
P. 179
• Appears if the area around the front sensor camera
is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. and be prevented from
detecting a vehicle in front.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• When the front window gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
2 Auto High-Beam System
*
P. 179
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s
door while the engine is running by remote engine
start.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
P. 462
Message Condition Explanation
Models with remote engine starter
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 113 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
114
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when there is a problem with the power
tailgate system.
●
Manually open or close the power tailgate.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high-
beam system.
●
Manually operate the headlight switch.
●
If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
Models with power tail gate
U.S.
Canada
Models with Auto high-beam system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 114 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
115
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the real time
AWD with intelligent control system
TM
.
●
The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears when the differential temperature is too
high.
●
Stop in a safe place, put the transmission into (P, and
idle the engine until the message disappears. If the
message does not disappear, have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
P. 515
Models with real time AWD with intelligent control system
TM
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 115 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
116
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Temperature Gauge
1Gauges
Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change
knob until you hear a beep. The speedometer reading
and the displayed measurements switch between
mph (U.S.) and km/h (Canada).
Press the (display/information) button
repeatedly until the icon is shown on the driver
information interface. Press ENTER, then press and
hold it again. The speedometer reading and the
displayed measurements will switch between mph
(U.S.) and km/h (Canada).
Models with information display
Models with driver information interface
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 631
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 116 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
117
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Information Display
*
The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and
maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.
Press the (TRIP) knob to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■
Switching the Display
1Switching the Display
Each time you press the knob, the information
display changes as follows:
Instant Fuel Economy,
Odometer, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature
Instant Fuel Economy,
Range, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature
Engine Oil Life
Instant Fuel Economy, Average
Fuel Economy A, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature
Instant Fuel Economy, Average
Fuel Economy B, Trip Meter B,
Outside Temperature
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
(TRIP) knob
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 117 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
*
118
Instrument Panel
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100km.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 557
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
■
Average Fuel Economy
■
Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
■
Engine Oil Life
■
Range
1Average Fuel Economy
Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change
knob to switch the measurement.
1Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change
knob to switch the measurement.
1Range
Press and hold the mile (U.S.)/km (Canada) change
knob to switch the measurement.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 118 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
119
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
*
Instrument Panel
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature indicator
Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F or ± 3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
2. Press and hold the (TRIP) knob for 10 seconds or more while the outside
temperature is shown on the information display.
u The information display goes into temperature adjustment mode. The display
starts showing from -5°F to +5°F (U.S.) or -3°C to +3°C (Canada).
3. Release the knob when the right adjustment amount is shown.
u The adjustment is complete.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Outside Temperature
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 119 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
120
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface
*
The driver information interface shows the odometer, trip meter, outside
temperature indicator, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
■ Main displays
Press the (display/information) button and press or to change the
display. Press ENTER to see detailed information.
■
Switching the Display
(Display/
Information)
Button
Warning
Messages
Speed Unit & Disp OFF
Maintenance
Minder
TM
Phone
Optional
Contents
*
Audio
Turn by Turn
Directions
*
&
Compass
*
Range &
Fuel
Press , ,
or .
Press ENTER.
Average Speed
& Elapsed Time
Driver Attention
Monitor
AWD Torque
Distribution
Monitor
*
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 120 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
121
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
Instrument Panel
■ Trip computer
Press the (TRIP) knob to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
Odometer
Outside temperature
Trip A
Trip B
(TRIP)
Knob
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the knob, or by using the customized
features on the audio/information display.
2 Customized Features P. 349
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 121 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
122
Instrument Panel
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was
reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 557
■
Average Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
■
Engine Oil Life
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 349
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 349
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 349
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 122 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
123
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
Instrument Panel
The Driver Attention Monitor analyzes steering inputs to determine if the vehicle is
being driven in a manner consistent with drowsy or inattentive driving. If it
determines that the vehicle is being driven in such a manner, it will display the
degree of the driver's attention in the Driver Information Interface.
When the (display/information) button
is pressed, bars in the Driver Information
Interface light up in white to indicate the
degree of the driver's attention.
2 Switching the Display P. 117
■
Driver Attention Monitor
1Driver Attention Monitor
The Driver Attention Monitor cannot always detect if
the driver is tired or inattentive.
Regardless of the system's feedback, if you are
feeling tired, stop in a safe location and rest for as
long as needed.
Driver Information
Interface
ENTER
(Display/
Information)
Button
Level
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 123 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
124
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
Instrument Panel
If two bars light up, the Driver Attention
Level Low message will appear.
If one bar lights up, the Driver Attention
Level Low. Time For A Break message will
appear, a beep will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
If this message appears, stop in a safe location
and rest for as long as needed.
The message will disappear when the ENTER
button is pressed or when the system has
determined that the driver is driving normally.
If the driver does not take a break and the
monitor continues to detect that the driver is
very tired, the message will appear again after
approximately 15 minutes, accompanied by a
beep and steering wheel vibrations.
The message does not appear when the
traveling time is 30 minutes or less.
■ The Driver Attention Monitor resets when
• the engine is turned off.
• the driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the door while the vehicle is stopped.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 124 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
125
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
Instrument Panel
■ For the Driver Attention Monitor to function
• the vehicle must be traveling above 25 mph (40 km/h).
• the electric power steering (EPS) system indicator must be off.
■ Depending on driving conditions or other factors, the Driver Attention
Monitor may not function in the following circumstances.
• the steering assist function of the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
is active.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 499
• the condition of the road is poor, e.g. the surface is unpaved or bumpy.
• it is windy.
• the driver is frequently operating the vehicle in an assertive manner such as
changing lanes or accelerating.
■ Customizing
You can change the Driver Attention Monitor settings. Select Tactile And Audible
Alert, Tactile Alert, or OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 349
1For the Driver Attention Monitor to function
The bars in the Driver Information Interface remain
grayed out unless the Driver Attention Monitor is
functioning.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 125 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
126
Instrument Panel
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
Use the customized features in the audio/information screen to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
The indicators on the display show the
amount of torque being transferred to the
right front, left front, right rear, and left rear
wheels.
2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
System
TM
*
P. 515
■
Outside Temperature
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
AWD Torque Distribution Monitor
*
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 126 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
127
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
*
Instrument Panel
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Show the current audio information.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 258
Show the current phone information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 385
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
*
■
Audio
■
Phone
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
*
The driver information interface shows a compass
when the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 349
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 127 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
128
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 128 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
129
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 130
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 132
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
...134
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 135
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ...142
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 143
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 144
Customizing the Auto Door Locking/
Unlocking Setting........................... 145
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 148
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 159
Security System Alarm
*
.................... 159
Opening and Closing the Windows .... 162
Moonroof
*
.............................................. 165
Panoramic Roof
*1
.................................... 166
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch
*
............................... 169
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*
........... 170
Ignition Switch and Power Mode
Comparison ................................... 173
Turn Signals..................................... 174
Light Switches.................................. 175
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 178
Auto High-Beam System
*
................ 179
Daytime Running Lights ................... 182
Wipers and Washers ........................ 183
Brightness Control ........................... 186
Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
........ 188
Driving Position Memory System
*
.... 190
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 192
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 193
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 195
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
.. 205
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 224
Synchronization Mode
*
................... 227
Automatic Climate Control Sensors ......228
(*1: Canadian models only, if equipped)
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 129 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
130
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch in ON (w
*1
.
■ Using the MENU/CLOCK button
1. Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button.
u Adjust Clock is selected.
2. Rotate to change hour, then press .
3. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
4. To enter the selection, rotate and select
Set, then press .
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Models with navigation system
Models with color audio system
Models without navigation system
1Using the MENU/CLOCK button
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Models with color audio system
Models with color audio system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 130 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
131
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/
information screen
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock Adjustment.
4. Select or to change hour.
5. Select or to change minute, then
select OK.
Models with Display Audio
1Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock and turn the clock display
on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 349
The clock is automatically updated when your
smartphone is connected to the audio system.
You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock
displayed on the upper right corner of the display.
1. Touch the clock on the display for a few seconds.
2. Select Clock Adjustment.
3. Select or to change hour.
4. Select or to change minute, then select OK.
Models with Display Audio
Models with Display Audio
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 131 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
132
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the key to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock the doors and
tailgate. You can also lock and unlock the doors and tailgate pressing the buttons
on remote transmitter.
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
smart entry remote until it clicks.
■
Keys
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 159
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the one-way
smart entry remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 462
Models with remote engine starter
■
Built-in Key
*
Smart Entry Remote
*
Ignition Keys with Remote
Transmitter
*
Built-in Key
Release Knob
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 132 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
133
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
Controls
Can be used to start and stop the engine, and
lock and unlock driver's door.
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
■
Valet Key
*
1Valet Key
*
When you need to leave a key with a third party,
leave the valet key.
Gray
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 133 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
134
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
Controls
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or starting
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.
1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 134 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
135
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and open the
tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the tailgate within
about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the
tailgate outer handle.
■ Locking the doors and tailgate
Touch the door lock sensor on a front door or
press the lock button on the tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
■
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
the doors and tailgate.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 205
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry
system, the doors and tailgate will automatically
relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
Door Lock
Sensor
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 135 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
136
Controls
■ Locking the vehicle (Walk away auto
lock®)
When you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the smart entry remote, the doors will
automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors are closed, and the smart entry remote
is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the
outside door handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying smart entry remote
and close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the smart entry remote beyond about
5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain
outside this range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors will then lock.
1Locking the vehicle (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 349
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the smart entry
remote will continue to flash until the doors are
locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be canceled.
When all doors have been closed and the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle, or if the smart entry
remote is not detected within about 5 feet (1.5 m) of
the vehicle, auto lock function will not be activated.
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 136 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
137
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• Walk away at least more than about 5 feet
(1.5 m) away from the vehicle while
carrying the smart entry remote.
1Locking the vehicle (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
•
The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
•
A door or the hood is not closed.
•
The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
•
The smart entry remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
•
The smart entry remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window.
•
You are located too close to the vehicle.
•
The smart entry remote is put inside the tailgate.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the smart entry remote. Then, open/close a
door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 137 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
138
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u All the doors and tailgate unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the tailgate outer handle:
u The tailgate unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2 Using the Outer Handle P. 157
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
•
Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate while
someone else with the remote is within range.
•
The door may be locked or unlocked if the door
handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a
car wash if the smart entry remote is within range.
•
If you grip a front door handle or touch a door lock
sensor wearing gloves, the door sensor may be
slow to respond or may not respond by locking or
unlocking the doors.
•
After locking the door, you have up to 2 seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least 2 seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
•
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart
entry remote if it is above or below the outside
handle.
•
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.
•
The light flashes, and beeper sounds and unlock
settings can be customized on the audio/
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Outer
Handle
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 138 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
139
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security
system
*
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system
*
is set.
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote
transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically
relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 349
The remote transmitter will not work when:
•
The key is in the ignition switch.
•
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 606
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Models with Display Audio
Ignition keys with remote transmitter
Models with smart entry remote
Models with Display Audio
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
Ignition keys with remote transmitter
Models with smart entry remote
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 139 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
140
Controls
If the smart entry remote battery or the vehicle battery is dead, use the key instead
of the smart entry remote.
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the
other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Models with Display Audio
Lock
Unlock
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 140 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
141
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the driver's door
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■ Locking the passenger's doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch.
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the
vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand when you
lock the driver's door, any of the other doors or the
tailgate, otherwise you may end up locking the key
inside the vehicle.
Ignition keys with remote transmitter
Models with smart entry remote
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 141 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
142
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
Pull the front door inner handle.
u
The door unlocks and opens in one motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver's door from
the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the
lock tab on the driver's door to unlock, then
lock again before opening the door. This
setting works for one time only. If you do not
want all the doors to be unlocked all the time,
customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to
Off using the master door lock switch or
Display Audio
*
.
2 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking P. 144
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, all of the other doors and tailgate lock
at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 143
Inner
Handle
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 142 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
143
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uChildproof Door Locks
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
The front passenger’s door also has the master door
lock switch.
To Unlock
Master Door
Lock Switch
To Lock
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Lock
Unlock
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 143 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
144
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the all doors automatically when a certain
condition is met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the master door lock
switch.
2 Customizing the Auto Door Locking/
Unlocking Setting P. 145
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Models with Display Audio
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 144 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
145
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
Continued
Controls
Customizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
You can customize the auto door locking/unlocking setting to your liking using the master door lock switch.
■ Auto door locking
■ Auto door unlocking
*1:Default setting
■
List of the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Customizable Options
Mode Description
Drive Lock Mode
*1
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Off The auto door locking is deactivated all the time.
Mode Description
Driver’s Door Open
Mode
*1
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
Park Unlock Mode All doors unlock when the shift lever is moved into (P with the brake pedal depressed.
Off The auto door unlocking is deactivated all the time.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 145 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
146
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
Controls
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Default setting
■
Customizing Flow for Auto Door Locking Options
Steps Drive Lock Mode
*2
Off
1 Apply the parking brake. Put the transmission into (P.
2 Close the driver’s door. Open the driver’s door.
3 Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
4 Take the transmission out of (P with the brake pedal depressed. —
5
Press and hold the right side of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door
for more than five seconds. Release the switch after you hear a click twice.
Press and hold the right side of the master door
lock switch on the driver’s door for more than
five seconds. Release the switch after you hear
one click.
6 Put the transmission into (P. —
7
Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q
*1
within 20 seconds.
u Customization is completed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 146 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
147
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
Controls
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Default setting
■
Customizing Flow for Auto Door Unlocking Options
Steps Driver's Door Open Mode
*2
Park Unlock Mode Off
1 Apply the parking brake. Put the transmission into (P.
2 Close the driver’s door. Open the driver's door.
3 Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
4
Take the transmission out of (P
with the brake pedal depressed.
—
5
Press and hold the left side of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door for more than five seconds. Release the switch after
you hear a click twice.
6 Put the transmission into (P. —
7
Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q
*1
within 20 seconds.
u Customization is completed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 147 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
148
Controls
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 76
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up cargo from the
cargo area, or by using a forward and back kicking
motion under the center of the rear bumper for
hands free access
*
, while the engine is idling, do not
stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get
burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
3
WARNING
Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate
that is being opened or closed can be
seriously injured.
Make sure that all people are clear of the
tailgate before opening or closing it.
Models without power tailgate
All models
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 148 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
149
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Controls
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button in the driver side control
panel, pressing the button on the tailgate, or by raising and lowering your foot
under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access
*
.
The power tailgate can be opened/closed when the transmission is in
(P.
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
NOTICE
Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there is
enough space around your vehicle. People near the tailgate
may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or closes on their
heads. Be especially cautious if children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
•
You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing.
•
The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
•
The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
•
The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
If you close the power tailgate with all the doors
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
3
WARNING
Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in
path of the tailgate can cause serious
injury.
Make sure everyone is clear before closing
the power tailgate.
Models with power tailgate
Models with power tailgate
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 149 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
150
uuOpening and Closing the Tailgate uOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Use a forward and back kicking motion under
the center of the rear bumper to open or close
the power tailgate while carrying the smart
entry remote.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and a
beeper sounds once, then the tailgate
begins to move.
■
Using the Hands Free Access
*
1Using the Hands Free Access
*
During rain or in other instances when the vehicle
becomes wet, the sensor may not properly detect
your foot motion.
When performing work on or around the rear section
of the vehicle, you may inadvertently open or close
the tailgate.
To prevent this from happening, select Customized
Features on the audio/information screen and then
select OFF for the feature.
2 Customized Features P. 349
If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long,
the power tailgate does not open or close.
This function will not operate if you don't have the
smart entry remote on you. Please make sure you
have the smart entry remote on you.
The duration of the kicking motion should be
approximately one second.
1 sec.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 150 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
151
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Controls
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the button for more than one second,
and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
■ Customizing when to open the tailgate
Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 349
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than
genuine Honda accessories on the power tailgate
may prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your cargo in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before
you start the vehicle.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the
power tailgate is still open, or closing.
Power
Tailgate
Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 151 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOpening and Closing the Tailgate uOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
152
Controls
To open or close the power tailgate, press the
power tailgate button for about one second.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the button for about one second, and
the power tailgate will reverse direction.
■
Using the Power Tailgate Button
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 152 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
153
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Controls
If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for
no longer than one second, the tailgate opens
automatically.
u The beeper sounds.
u If you want to open the tailgate
manually, press the button for more than
one second.
2 Opening and Closing the Tailgate
P. 148
If you are carrying the smart entry remote, you
do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
To close the tailgate, press the outer handle
again while the tailgate opening.
If you press the outer handle again while the
power tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the outer handle, and the power tailgate
will reverse direction.
■
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Do not leave the key, remote transmitter*, or smart
entry remote* in the cargo area before closing the
tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else
with the remote is within range.
You can change the power tailgate operation setting
on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Outer
Handle
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 153 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
154
uuOpening and Closing the Tailgate uOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Controls
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
u The beeper sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press and
release the button again, and the power
tailgate will reverse direction.
■
Using the Tailgate Inner Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 154 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
155
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Controls
The extent to which the power tailgate
automatically opens can be programed.
To program:
1. Open the tailgate to the desired position.
u If you want to reprogram the power
tailgate to open all the way, manually
raise the tailgate to its upper most
position and follow the next step.
2. Press and hold the tailgate inner button
until you hear short two beeps following
one long buzzer.
■
Programming Tailgate Position
1Programming Tailgate Position
If the tailgate is only slightly opened, the position
cannot be programmed, even if you push the inner
button.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 155 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOpening and Closing the Tailgate uOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
156
Controls
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
■
Auto-Closer
■
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press
the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is
closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may be activated.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 156 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
157
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
Continued
Controls
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
When all the doors are unlocked or press the
tailgate unlock button on the remote
transmitter, the tailgate is unlocked.
Press the outer handle and lift open the
tailgate.
If you are carrying the smart entry remote, you
do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.
■
Using the Outer Handle
1Using the Outer Handle
Do not leave the key, remote transmitter
*
, or smart
entry remote
*
in the cargo area before closing the
tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else
with the remote is within range.
Models with smart entry system
Outer
Handle
Models with smart entry system
Inner Handle
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 157 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOpening and Closing the Tailgate uOpening/Closing the Tailgate
158
Controls
Press the tailgate unlock button to unlock the
tailgate.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
*
1Using the Remote Transmitter
*
If you have unlocked and opened the tailgate using
the remote transmitter or smart entry remote*, when
closing, the tailgate locks automatically.
Tailgate
Unlock
Button
Tailgate
Unlock
Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 158 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
159
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch
*
or
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button
*
:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch
*
or the
ENGINE START/STOP button
*
.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition
switch
*
or the ENGINE START/STOP button
*
.
Security System Alarm
*
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system.
However, the alarm goes off if a door is opened with the key, then the shift lever is
moved out of
(P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all the exterior lights flash.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake
pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after
the battery has been disconnected.
1Security System Alarm
*
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 159 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
*
160
Controls
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or smart entry system. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood and tailgate are closed.
• All doors and tailgate are locked with the key, the remote transmitter, or smart
entry system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter or smart entry system, or when the power mode is set to ON. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
*
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release handle.
•
Moving the shift lever out of (P.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 160 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
161
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
*
Controls
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
Panic
Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 161 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
162
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
, using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open
and close all the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed
in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the
driver's seat.
When the power window lock button is switched on (pushed in, indicator on), you
can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off
*1
.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it stops closing and reverse direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
You cannot fully open the rear windows.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
Driver’s
Window
Switch
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 162 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
163
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Continued
Controls
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and keep it
pressed. If the windows and moonroof
*
or
panoramic roof
*1
stop midway, repeat the
procedure.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close
Open
■
Opening Windows and the Moonroof
*
or Panoramic Roof
*1
with the Remote
Unlock
Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 163 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
164
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/
moonroof
*
or panoramic roof
*1
at the desired
position. If you want further adjustment,
repeat the same operation.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
■
Opening/Closing Windows and the Moonroof
*
or
Panoramic Roof
*1
with the Key
Close
Open
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 164 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
165
Controls
Moonroof
*
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
You can operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in
the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof automatically opens or closes
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
■
Using the Moonroof Switch
1Using the Moonroof Switch
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2
Opening Windows and the Moonroof
*
or
Panoramic Roof
*1
with the Remote
P. 163
2
Opening/Closing Windows and the Moonroof
*
or Panoramic Roof
*1
with the Key
P. 164
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close
Tilt
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 165 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
166
Controls
Panoramic Roof
*1
Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
You can operate the panoramic roof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the panoramic roof.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
1Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
NOTICE
Opening the panoramic roof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the panoramic roof panel or motor.
The panoramic roof and sunshade can be operated
for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the panoramic roof to change
directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing
when the panoramic roof is almost closed to ensure
that it fully closes. Make sure that all objects,
including fingers, are clear of the panoramic roof.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the panoramic roof or
sunshade on someone’s hands or fingers
can cause serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the panoramic roof and sunshade before
opening or closing it.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 166 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
167
uuPanoramic Roof
*1
uOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
Controls
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The sunshade automatically opens or closes all
the way. To stop the sunshade midway, touch
the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
■
Using the Sunshade Switch
1Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the panoramic roof.
2 Opening Windows and the Moonroof
*
or
Panoramic Roof
*1
with the Remote P. 163
2 Opening/Closing Windows and the
Moonroof
*
or Panoramic Roof
*1
with the
Key P. 164
1Using the Sunshade Switch
The sunshade can be opened or closed to adjust the
amount of light that enters the cabin.
When you use the sunshade switch to open the
sunshade, the panoramic roof does not move.
The sunshade cannot be fully closed if the panoramic
roof is open. When you close the sunshade with the
panoramic roof open, the sunshade stops slightly
ahead of the panoramic roof glass. When you push
the switch forward again, the sunshade and the
panoramic roof close together.
Open
Close
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 167 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuPanoramic Roof
*1
uOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
168
Controls
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The panoramic roof automatically opens or
closes all the way. To stop the panoramic glass
midway, touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the panoramic roof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the panoramic
roof switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
■
Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
1Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
The panoramic roof cannot be fully opened in a
single operation. The panoramic roof has a
“comfort” position or wind noise reduction position
at which the roof first stops. To open fully, pull the
switch back again after the roof has stopped at this
position.
Whenever the panoramic roof is opening, the
sunshade moves along with it. However, when the
panoramic roof is closing, the sunshade does not
move.
When you tilt open the panoramic roof, the sunshade
opens slightly to let in fresh air. When you close the
panoramic roof from this position, the sunshade
returns to its closed position.
Comfort Position
Full Open Position
Open
Close
Tilt
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 168 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
169
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch
*
1Ignition Switch
*
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in
(P.
If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q, a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.
When this happens, the following messages appear
on the driver information interface
*
:
•
In LOCK (0: or the symbol with a Remove
Key From Ignition
•
In ACCESSORY (q: or the symbol with a
Return Ignition Switch To Lock (0) Position
The buzzer will stop when you take the key out.
If the key won't turn from LOCK
(0 to ACCESSORY
(q, turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.
(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key
in this position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system
and other accessories in this position.
(w ON: This is the position when driving.
(e START: This position is for starting the
engine. The switch returns to ON
(w when
you let go of the key.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 169 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
170
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
*
Controls
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*
*1:Except U.S. models
■
Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
*
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is
close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
If the battery of the smart entry remote is getting
low, the engine may not start when you push the
ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not
start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 625
The power system may also start if the smart entry
remote is close to the door or window, even if it is
outside the vehicle.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The steering wheel is locked
*1
.
The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories
in this position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can be used.
Press the button without the
shift lever in
(P.
Without
pressing the
brake pedal
Shift to
(P then press the
button.
Press the button.
Shift to
(P.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 170 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
171
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
*
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power
mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■
Automatic Power Off
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
*
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while moving the steering wheel left and
right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
mode to change.
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Canadian models
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 171 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
*
172
Controls
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it within its operational
range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, warning
buzzers sound from both inside and outside the
vehicle. A warning message on the driver
information interface notifies the driver inside
that the remote is out.
■ When the power mode is in ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Power Mode Reminder
■
Smart Entry Remote Reminder
1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
within the system’s operational range.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 172 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
173
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
Controls
Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
*1:Canadian models
Ignition Switch
Position
LOCK (0)
(with/without
the key)
ACCESSORY (I) ON (II) START (III)
Without Smart Entry
System
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked
*1
.
●
No electrical
components can be
used.
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
●
Normal key position
while driving.
●
All electrical components
can be used.
●
Use this position to start
the engine.
●
The ignition switch
returns to the ON (II)
position when you
release the key.
Power Mode VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK)
ACCESSORY ON START
With Smart Entry
System and ENGINE
START/STOP
Button
Button-Off
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked
*1
.
●
No electrical
components can be
used.
Button-Blinking
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
Button-
Blinking (engine is turned
off)
On (engine is running)
●
All electrical components
can be used.
Button-On
●
The mode automatically
returns to ON after the
engine starts.
Button is: Blinking On
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 173 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
174
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Right Turn
Left Turn
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 174 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
175
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Continued
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode setting
or position of the ignition switch.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you remove the key from the ignition switch with
the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds when
you open the driver's door.
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Indicators P. 80
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 175 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
176
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
u You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 349
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
*
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
*
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 176 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
177
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
■
Headlight Integration with Wipers
*
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
*
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wipers
*
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 177 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
178
Controls
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver’s door.
u You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 349
If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
with the headlight switch on, but do
not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in
the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
Fog Lights
*
Can be used when the low beam headlights
are on.
Rotate the switch up from the OFF position to
the position.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Fog Lights
*
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
They go off when the headlights turn off, or when
the daytime running lights are on.
2 Daytime Running Lights P. 182
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 178 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
179
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam System
*
Continued
Controls
Auto High-Beam System
*
Using a camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, this system detects light
sources ahead of the vehicle. Depending on the light source, the system
automatically switches the headlights to high beam for optimal visibility at night.
1Auto High-Beam System
*
The auto high-beam system determines when to
change the headlight beams by responding to the
brightness of the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the
following cases, the system may not respond to the
lights properly:
•
The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
•
Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
•
Other light sources, such as streetlights and electric
billboards are illuminating the road ahead.
•
The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
•
The road is bumpy or has many curves.
•
A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front
of you is not in the preceding or oncoming
direction.
•
Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
If you do not want the system to be activated at any
time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a
dealer.
If you do not want the system to be activated at any
time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a
dealer or disable the system.
2 Disabling or Re-enabling the System P. 181
■
The headlight switch is in AUTO.
■
The lever is in the low beam
position.
■
The low beams are on and the
system recognizes that you are
driving at night.
■
The vehicle speed is above 25 mph
(40 km/h).
The system operates when:
When the camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the
headlights remain in low beam.
When the camera detects no lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle,
the headlights change to high beam.
The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs
depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather.
How it works:
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 179 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam System
*
180
Controls
To activate the system, turn the headlight
switch to AUTO and then set the headlights
to low beam. The auto high-beam indicator
will come on.
2 Light Switches P. 175
The high beams remain on unless:
• You have been driving below 15 mph (24 km/h) for an extended amount of time.
• The speed of the vehicle drops below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• The windshield wipers have been running at a high speed for more than a few
seconds.
• You enter a well lit location.
The high beams come back on once the condition that caused them to turn off no
longer exists.
If needed, you can temporarily turn the high-beams off manually. Turn on the high-
beams by pushing the lever forward until you hear a click, or flash the high beams
once by pulling the lever towards you. To turn the high beams back on, repeat one
of the procedures.
■
To Operate the System
1To Operate the System
For the auto high-beam system to work properly:
•
Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
•
Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
•
Do not attach an object, sticker or film in the area
around the camera.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed towards the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Headlight Switch
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 180 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
181
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam System
*
Controls
Disable or re-enable the system when the
vehicle is parked and the power mode is in ON
and the light switch is in the AUTO position.
Disabling the system: Pull the light switch
lever towards you and hold it for at least 40
seconds.
Re-enabling the system: Pull the light
switch lever towards you and hold it for at
least 30 seconds.
■
Disabling or Re-enabling the System
1Disabling or Re-enabling the System
The auto high-beam system will remain in the
selected disabled or re-enabled setting each time you
start the engine.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 181 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
182
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights
Controls
Daytime Running Lights
The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have
been met:
• The ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
• The headlight switch is AUTO
*
or OFF or .
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch or setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running
lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO
*
and it is getting darker outside.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 182 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
183
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Continued
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*2
/AUTO
*3
, LO,
HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■ Adjusting wiper operation
*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
operation.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
*2: Models with manual intermittent operation
*3: Models with automatic intermittent operation
■
Windshield Wipers/Washers
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defogger to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
If the wiper stops operating due to an obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the
ignition switch to ACCESSORY
(q or LOCK (0
*1
,
then remove the obstacle.
Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
*
MIST
INT
*2
/AUTO
*3
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
HI: High speed wipe
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 183 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
184
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Wipers and Washers
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
Adjustment Ring
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
•
Cleaning the windshield
•
Driving through a car wash
•
No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
Low Sensitivity
High Sensitivity
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 184 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
185
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ Washer ( )
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.
■ Operating in reverse
When you shift the transmission to
(R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear
wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Rear Wiper/Washer
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Front Wiper Position Rear Wiper Operation
INT (Intermittent) Intermittent
LO (Low speed wipe)
HI (High speed wipe)
Continuous
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 185 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
186
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
With the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
, you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beeper when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
will be returned to the previous screen.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness differs between when
the exterior lights are on and when they are off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when the
lights are on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight
integration with the wiper is activated, the
instrument panel brightness does not change.
Turn the knob to the right until the brightness display
is up to max. This cancels the reduced instrument
panel brightness when the exterior lights are on.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, turn the knob to the
right until the brightness display is up to max, the
beeper sounds.
Models with headlight integration with wipers
Control Knob
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 186 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
187
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the
information display while you are adjusting it.
Information display
Driver information interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 187 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
188
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Controls
Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
The rear defogger automatically switches off
after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside
temperature. However, if the outside
temperature is 32°F (0°C) or below, it does
not automatically switch off.
The rear defogger and heated door mirror
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
1Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged or deiced.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery,
making it difficult to start the engine.
When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C),
the heated door mirror may activate automatically for
10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.
Models with heated door mirror
Models without heated door mirror
Models with heated door mirror
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 188 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
189
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Controls
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in
ON.
■
Heated Windshield Button
Canadian models
1Heated Windshield Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged or deiced.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery,
making it difficult to start the engine.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 189 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
190
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
*
You can store two driver’s seat positions (except for power lumbar) with the driving
position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter or the smart
entry system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
1Driving Position Memory System
*
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
the automatic seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 349
DRIVER 1
DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 190 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
191
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear a beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button
(1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat position has been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.
1. Move the shift lever to
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button (
(1 or (2).
u You will hear a beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat will automatically move to the
memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear a beeper, and the
indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•
You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•
You readjust the seat position before the double-
beep.
•
You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
SET Button
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
•
Press the SET button, or a memory button ((1 or
(2).
•
Adjust the seat position.
•
Shift into any position except (P.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 191 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
192
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 192 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
193
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare
from headlights behind you. This feature is
always active.
■
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 195
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night Position
Up
Down
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
Sensor
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift
position is in
(R.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 193 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
194
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Selector
Switch
Adjustment
Switch
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 194 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
195
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■ Adjusting the front power seat
*
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 195 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
196
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
■ Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
*
Press the top: To move the lumbar support
up.
Press the bottom: To move the lumbar
support down.
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
Lumbar
Support
Adjustment
Switch
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 196 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
197
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
■ Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
*
1Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
*
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 197 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
198
Controls
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 198 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
199
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Continued
Controls
Rear Seats
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the
latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the
ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 46
3. Lower the rear seat head restraint to its
lowest position. Put the armrest back into
the seat-back.
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
1Rear Seats
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
■
Folding Down the Rear Seats
Lever
Seat-back Angle Adjustment
Pull up the lever to change the
angle.
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the cargo area.
Remove any items from the rear seat cushion and
floor before you fold down the rear seat.
Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the
tailgate open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 76
When returning the seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back.
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending through the opening into the rear
seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.
Latch plate
Anchor buckle
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 199 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
200
Controls
4. Pull the release lever and fold down the
seat.
4. Pull the release lever and fold down the
seat.
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 61
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving.
Release Lever
From the rear seat side
Release Lever
From the cargo area side
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 200 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
201
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Continued
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
■
Adjusting the Front Head Restraints
1Adjusting the Front Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 201 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
202
Controls
A passenger sitting in the rear seat should
adjust the height of their head restraint to an
appropriate position before the vehicle begins
moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Rear Seat Head Restraint Position
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 202 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
203
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 203 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
204
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.
■
Using the Front Seat Armrest
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 204 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
205
Continued
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver's door.
• You remove the key from the ignition
switch.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out
and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations:
•
When you unlock the driver's door but do not open it.
•
When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 349
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver's door.
•
When you close the driver's door with the key in
the ignition switch.
•
When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY mode.
•
When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine or power system is off.
If you leave any doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
mode, or without the key in the ignition switch, the
interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models with Display Audio
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models with panoramic roof
Models with moonroof
Front
Models without smart entry system
Door
Activated
Position
Off
Front
Front
Door Activated Position
Off
On
Door
Activated
Position
Off
On
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 205 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
206
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
Rear
Models without panoramic roof
Off
On
Door Activated
Position
Rear
Models with panoramic roof
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 206 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
207
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Items uInterior Lights
Controls
■ Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lens.
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the button.
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the lens.
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and a door is opened or interior light switch
is in the ON position, the rear map light will not go
off when you press the button.
Models without panoramic roof
Models with panoramic roof
Models without panoramic roof
Models without panoramic roof
Models with panoramic roof
Models with panoramic roof
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 207 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
208
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
■ Rear
The map lights can be turned on and off by
sliding the switch.
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the button.
■ ON
The light comes on when you open the
tailgate, and goes off when closed.
■ OFF
The light stays off with or without opening the
tailgate.
Off
On
Models without panoramic roof
Models without panoramic roof
Models with panoramic roof
Models with panoramic roof
■
Cargo Area Lights
Off
On
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 208 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
209
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the master key or
the built-in key.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 209 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
210
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To open, pull the knob. You can change the
position of the tray by sliding it forward or
back.
■ Removing the tray
1. Slide the tray back.
2. Lift the edge of the tray up slightly, then
pull it out.
■
Center Console Box
Knob
Tray
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 210 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
211
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Storing the tray:
Line the tray up with the slots located at the
rear section of the console box, and then push
it down all the way until it is in the locked
position.
Slot
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 211 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
212
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Pull the strap to open the cargo floor lid.
■ Storing items on the lid at the bottom
position
This is convenient when storing a tall item.
1. Pull the strap upwards to lift the lid.
2. Pull the lid towards you until it disengages
from the support rods.
3. Push the far end of the lid down to the
bottom under the support rod, then lower
the other end.
■
Under-floor Storage Area
Support Rod
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 212 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
213
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
■ Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 213 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
214
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of front and rear door
side pockets.
Front
Rear
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 214 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
215
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w
*1
.
■ Accessory power socket on the console
panel
Open the cover to use it.
■ Accessory power socket in the console
compartment
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 215 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
216
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Accessory power socket (cargo area)
*1
Open the cover to use it.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 216 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
217
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.
■
Coat Hook
1Coat Hook
The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.
■
Tie-down Anchors
1Tie-down Anchors
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Hooks
Hooks
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 217 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
218
Controls
The cargo hooks on the driver's side of the
cargo area can be used to hang a light items.
■
Cargo Hooks
1Cargo Hooks
NOTICE
Do not hang a large object or an object that weighs
more than 6 lbs (3 kg) on the side cargo hooks.
Hanging heavy or large objects may damage the
hooks.
Hook
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 218 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
219
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
■ Conversation mirror
The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror.
Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it
back to the first detent.
You can use the mirror to view the rear seats.
■
Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Press
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 219 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
220
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the right side of the
steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
on the last time you drove the vehicle.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
■
Heated Steering Wheel
*1
1Heated Steering Wheel
*1
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the
battery may be weakened, making the engine
difficult to start.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 220 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
221
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
When the power mode is turn on after it is
turned off, the previous setting of seat heaters
is maintained.
■
Front Seat Heaters
*
1Front Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the front seat heater will automatically be reduced by
one level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The
elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 221 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
222
Controls
There is no heater in the rear center seating
position.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
The rear seat heaters is turned off every time
you start the engine, even if you turned it on
the last time you drove the vehicle.
*1: Canadian models only, if equipped
■
Rear Seat Heaters
*1
1Rear Seat Heaters
*1
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
The rear seat heater is turned off every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you
drove the vehicle.
When the power mode is turned on after it is turned
off, the previous setting of front seat heaters is
maintained.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 222 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
223
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The rear cargo cover can be used to conceal
items in the cargo area and protect them from
direct sunlight.
■ To extend:
Slightly lift up on the handle at the center
edge of the cover to unhook each end, then
pull the cover rearward and clip the mounting
rods in the hooks at both sides of the tailgate
opening.
■ To retract:
Slip the rods out of the hooks, then slowly roll
it back until it is completely retracted.
■ To remove:
Push either end of the housing inward, then
lift it out of its position.
■
Rear Cargo Cover
*
1Rear Cargo Cover
*
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Do not stack objects higher than the top of the seat
in the cargo area. They could block your view and be
thrown about the vehicle during a sudden stop.
To prevent rear cargo cover damage:
•
Do not place items on the rear cargo cover.
•
Do not put weight on the rear cargo cover.
Be sure that each mounting rod sets in its respective
retention groove when you retract the rear cargo
cover. If they are not set in the grooves, the rods may
rattle as they contact the surrounding surfaces.
Handle
Mounting Rod
Hook
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 223 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
224
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control
dial.
3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
Press the CLIMATE button to display A/C, MODE,
fan control information on the audio/information
screen to operate manually. Select icon to turn on or
off A/C, change the vent mode, or change the fan
speed.
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that were pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
While ECON mode is active, the climate control
system may have reduced cooling performance.
Models without SYNC button
Models with SYNC button
Models without SYNC button
Models with SYNC button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 224 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
225
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the (recirculation) or (fresh air) button to switch the mode
depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator on): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.
Pressing the (windshield defroster) button
turns the air conditioning system on and
automatically switches the system to fresh air
mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 225 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
226
Controls
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 226 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
227
uuClimate Control SystemuSynchronization Mode
*
Controls
Synchronization Mode
*
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s
side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.
1Synchronization Mode
*
When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side
temperature and the passenger’s side temperature
can be set separately.
SYNC Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Dial
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Dial
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 227 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
228
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 228 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
229
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 230
USB Port(s)....................................... 231
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 232
Audio Remote Controls.................... 233
Audio System Basic Operation
Audio/Information Screen ................ 238
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 242
Display Setup ................................... 243
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 244
Playing an iPod ................................ 246
Playing Pandora®.............................. 249
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 251
Models with color audio system
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 254
Siri® Eyes Free .................................. 257
Audio System Basic Operation
Audio/Information Screen ................ 259
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 280
Display Setup ................................... 281
Voice Control Operation .................. 283
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 287
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
................. 291
Playing an iPod ................................ 298
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)...................... 301
Playing Pandora®
*
............................ 305
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 307
Models with Display Audio
Playing Bluetoo th® Audio ................ 310
HondaLink® ..................................... 312
Wi-Fi Connection............................. 317
Siri® Eyes Free .................................. 319
Apple CarPlay
TM
............................... 320
Android Auto
TM
............................... 323
Audio Error Messages ...................... 327
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 332
Customized Features........................ 349
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
.. 382
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 385, 408
Compass
*
.......................................... 442
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 229 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
230
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service
*
. It can also
play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface
*
.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio
*
,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 332
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM®
*
is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 230 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
231
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)
Features
USB Port(s)
Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash
drive to the USB port.
u The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio
files on a USB flash drive, connecting a
cellular phone, and charging devices.
u The USB port (1.5A) is for charging
devices, playing audio files and
connecting compatible phones with
Apple CarPlay
TM
or Android Auto
TM
.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for
Android Auto, the USB cables should be
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with
USB 2.0 Standard.
■ On the back of the center console
compartment
*
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1USB Port(s)
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle.
Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
•
We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk
drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 1.0A/1.5A/2.5A of
power. It does not output 1.0A/1.5A/2.5A unless the
device requests.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY
(q or ON
(w
*1
first.
This port is for battery charge only. You cannot play
music even if you have connected a music player to it.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port
may generate noise in the radio you are listening to.
USB Port (2.5A)
In the console compartment
Models
with
Display
Audio
Models
with color
audio
system
Models
with
Display
Audio
Models with Display Audio
On the back of the center console
compartment
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 231 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
232
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 232 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
233
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Continued
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1 FM2 AM USB/iPod Pandora®
Bluetooth® Audio
(+ (- (Volume) Buttons
Press
(+: To increase the volume.
Press (-: To decrease the volume.
Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next station with strong reception.
Press and hold : To select the previous station with strong reception.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
*
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora®
Press : To skip to the next track.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be available.
Models with color audio system
Button
SOURCE Button
Button
(+ Button
(- Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 233 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
234
Features
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the driver information interface.
Buttons
Press or to cycle through the audio
mode as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM®
*
USB iPod
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®
*
Apps
*
Audio Apps
*
ENTER Button
• When listening to the radio and SiriusXM®
*
1. From the audio screen in the driver information interface, press ENTER to switch
the display to a preset list you stored in the preset buttons.
2. Press or to select a preset, then press ENTER.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
1. From the audio screen in the driver information interface, press ENTER to display
the folder list.
2. Press or to select a folder.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in that folder.
4. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be available.
Press the (Hang-up/back) button to go back
to the previous command or cancel a command.
Press the (Display/information) button to switch
display.
2 Switching the Display P. 259
Models with Display Audio
Button
ENTER Button
Button
(+ (- Bar
(Display/Information)
Button
Button
3
Button
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 234 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
235
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Continued
Features
• When listening to an iPod
1. From the audio screen in the driver information interface, press ENTER to display
the iPod music list.
2. Press or to select a category.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of items in the category.
4. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.
u Press ENTER and press or repeatedly until the desired mode you want
to listen to is displayed.
• When listening to Pandora®
*
1. From the audio screen in the driver information interface, press ENTER to display
the station list.
2. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.
• When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
1. From the audio screen in the driver information interface, press ENTER to display
the track list.
2. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.
(+ (- (Volume) Bar
Press (+: To increase the volume.
Press (-: To decrease the volume.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 235 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
236
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora®
*
Press : To skip to the next track.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 236 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
237
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w.
Use the selector knob or MENU/CLOCK
button to access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
MENU/CLOCK button: Press to select any
mode.
The available modes include wallpaper,
display, clock, language setup, and play
modes. Play mode choices include scan,
random, repeat, and so on.
(Back) button: Press to go back to the previous display.
(Sound) button: Press to select the sound setting mode.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen
brightness.
Press the button, then adjust the brightness using .
u Each time you press the button, the mode switches between the daytime
mode, nighttime mode and off mode.
Models with color audio system
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Menu Items
2 Adjust Clock P. 130
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 240
2 Display Setup P. 243
2 Scan P. 245, 253
2 Play Mode P. 248, 253
2 RDS Settings P. 245
2 Bluetooth P. 254
Press the SOURCE, , , or button on the
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233
(Back)
Button
Selector Knob
MENU/
CLOCK
Button
(Day/Night) Button
(Sound) Button
Menu Display
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 237 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
238
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
■
Switching the Display
Audio/Information Screen
Audio
Clock/Wallpaper
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 238 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
■ Change display
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
u If you want to return to the audio/information screen, select Audio.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 239 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
240
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
2. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
3. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Import, then press .
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press .
u The selected picture is displayed.
7. Press to save the picture.
8. Press to select OK.
9. Rotate to select a location to save the
picture, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper
setting screen.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,920 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 480 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
Up to 255 files can be selected.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the error message appears.
•
The wallpaper setup is limited while driving.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 240 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Select, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
■ To view wallpaper once it is set
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
5. Press the (Back) button until the top screen is displayed.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper setting screen.
1Wallpaper Setup
To go back to the previous screen, press the
(Back) button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 241 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
242
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the (sound) button, and rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
Rotate to adjust the sound setting, then
press .
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
Selector Knob
(Sound) Button
MID is selectable.
BAS
MID
FAD
BAL
SVC
Bass
Middle
Fader
Balance
Speed-sensitive
Volume Compensation
TRE
Treble
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 242 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Display Adjustment,
then press .
4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Color Theme, then
press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 243 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
244
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
RADIO Button
Press to select a band.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the
previous display or cancel a
setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to search up and down
the selected band for a station with a strong
signal.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio
frequency.
Press, and then turn to select an
item. After that, press again to
make your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu
items.
Audio/Information Screen
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 244 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■ Update List
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Update List, then press .
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select RDS Settings, then press .
4. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6
stations each.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 245 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
246
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then press the MEDIA
button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
MEDIA Button
Press to select iPod
(if connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the
previous display or cancel a
setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Press, and then turn to select
an item. After that, press
again to make your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu
items.
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
Play Mode Buttons
Press to select a play mode.
Play Button
Press to resume a
song.
Pause Button
Press to pause a
song.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 246 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Press to display the iPod music list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the iPod Music List with the
Selector Knob
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 247 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
248
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums
in a selected category (playlists, artists, albums,
songs, genres, or podcasts, audiobooks, and
composers) in random order.
Shuffle All: Plays all available songs in a
selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, podcasts, audiobooks, and composers) in
random order.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current
song.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 248 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
Continued
Features
Playing Pandora®
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a
compatible smartphone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using
your USB cable to the USB port.
2 Phone Setup P. 391
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
1Playing Pandora®
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora
website for more information.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Audio/Information Screen
Selector Knob
Turn to change a
station.
Press, and then turn to
select an item. After
that, press again to
make your selection.
VOL/ (Volume/Power)
Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
MEDIA Button
Press to select Pandora®.
Play/Pause Button
Select to resume or play a track.
(Skip) Button
Press to skip a track.
Like/Dislike Buttons
Select to evaluate a track.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu
items.
Bookmark Button
Select to set a track as a bookmark.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 249 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
250
Features
You can create a station when playing Pandora®.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select New Station, then
press .
3. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u You can select Genre, Current Artist,
or Current Track.
■
How to Create a Station
1How to Create a Station
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora®
*
P. 329
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.
To change stations, press on the main Pandora®
screen, and rotate to select Station List, and
then select a new station.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 250 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, AAC
*1
or WAV format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the MEDIA button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.
MEDIA Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change files.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a file.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files.
Press, and then turn to select
an item. After that, press again
to make your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu
items.
Audio/Information Screen
Play Mode Buttons (1-6)
Press to select a play mode.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 251 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
252
Features
1. Press to display a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to display a list of files in that
folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 332
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 252 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the
current folder.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Random
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling
of the first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling
of all files in the current folder.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 253 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
254
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 391
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
MEDIA Button
Press to select
Bluetooth Audio mode
(if connected)
VOL/
(Volume/
Power) Knob
Press to turn
the audio
system on and
off.
Turn to adjust
the volume.
MENU/
CLOCK
Button
Press to
display the
menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
/ (Seek/Skip)
Buttons
Press or to
change files.
Play Button (Preset 1)
Press to resume a file.
Pause Button (Preset 2)
Press to pause a file.
Selector Knob
Turn to change groups.
Press, and then turn to select
an item. After that, press again
to make your selection.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 254 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the MEDIA button until the
Bluetooth® Audio mode is selected.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Press the Play or Pause button to select a mode.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the USB port, you
may need to press the MEDIA button repeatedly to
select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
Play Button
Pause Button
MEDIA Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 255 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
256
Features
1. Press to display the music search list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the
Selector Knob
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector
Knob
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the categories may not be displayed.
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 256 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various
setup options.
■ Using the (display/information) button
Press the (display/information) button to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
1Using the (display/information) button
You can edit, add, and delete the contents shown on
the driver information interface.
2 Customizing the Meter P. 264
Driver Information
Interface
(Display/Information) Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 259 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
260
Features
■ Using the audio/information screen
Select to go to the home screen.
Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation
*
, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection (Apple CarPlay, Android Auto), App List
*
/ (APPS icon)
*
, or
Instrument Panel.
■ Phone
Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 408
1Using the audio/information screen
Touchscreen operation
•
Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping
and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions.
•
Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction.
•
You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
use voice commands.
•
Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen
response.
You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Home Screen
Models without navigation system
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 260 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Info
Displays Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper, or System/Device
Information. Select MENU on the Info Menu screen to see all available options:
Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper and System/Device Information.
Trip Computer:
• Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information.
• History of Trip A tab: Displays information for the three previous drives. The
information is stored every time you reset Trip A.
To delete the history manually, select Delete history on the History of Trip A
tab. The confirmation message appears on the screen, then select Yes.
Voice Info: Displays the All Commands list.
Clock/Wallpaper: Displays the clock and wallpaper.
System/Device Information:
• System Info: Displays the software version of the audio system.
• USB Info: Displays the memory usage of the USB device.
■ Audio
Displays the current audio information.
■ Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 349
■ Navigation
*
Displays the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 261 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ HondaLink
Displays the HondaLink® screen.
2 HondaLink® P. 312
■ Smartphone Connection
Displays the Apple CarPlay
TM
or Android Auto
TM
.
2 Apple CarPlay
TM
P. 320
2 Android Auto
TM
P. 323
■ App List ( )
Adds or removes apps or widgets on the home screen.
2 Home Screen P. 270
■ Instrument Panel
Selects from three customizable settings for the driver information interface.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 262 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
1. Select .
2. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
■
Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 263 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
264
Features
You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents on the driver information interface.
1.
2. Settings
3. System
4. Configuration of Instrument Panel
■
Customizing the Meter
1Customizing the Meter
You can store up to three customized configurations.
To select or customize a configuration, select Swap
Config..
When you select Swap Config. during
customization, the settings you changed will be
saved.
When you select during customization, the
settings you changed will not be saved and you will
be returned to the Instrument Panel screen.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 264 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Editing order
To change the order of the icons on the driver information interface, first select:
1. Edit Order
2. Select the icon you want to move.
u You will see arrows on both sides of the
selected icon.
3. Select the left or right arrow repeatedly to
move the icon to your desired position.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.
1Editing order
You can use an alternative method to change the
order of the icons. First select:
1. Edit Order
2. Select and hold the icon you want to move.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to
be.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel
screen.
Edit Order
Select
Arrow icons OK
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 265 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
266
Features
■ Adding contents
You can add icons to the driver information interface. To add icons, first select:
1. Add
2. Select an icon you want to add.
u You will see a plus mark on the upper
right hand corner of the selected icon.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.
1Adding contents
Icons that are grayed out cannot be selected.
If an icon has a plus mark in the upper-right corner, it
means that the icon has already been added.
Add
Select
OK
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 266 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
267
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Deleting contents
To delete contents on the driver information interface, first select:
1. Delete
2. Select an icon you want to delete.
u The icon with an X on the upper right
hand corner can be deleted.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the Instrument
Panel screen.
1Deleting contents
You can also delete contents by selecting:
1. Delete or Edit Order
2. Select and hold an icon you want to delete.
3. Drag and drop the icon to the trash icon.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Instrument Panel
screen.
Delete
Select
OK
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 267 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
268
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Clock.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, select
Next, then open the Wallpaper tab.
5. Select Add New.
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Select Start Import to save the data.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
The wallpaper you set up on Clock/Wallpaper Type
cannot be displayed on the driver information
interface.
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 4,096 × 4,096 pixels. If
the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
After changing the screen interface design, you can
change the wallpaper by following procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select .
3. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Change wallpaper.
5. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 268 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
269
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, select Next, then open the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Set.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
■ To view wallpaper once it is set
1. Select .
2. Select Info.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, select Next, then open the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Delete.
u A confirmation message appears on the screen.
6. Select Yes to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a
preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or
select .
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,
then Yes.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 269 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
270
Features
■ To change to a next screen
Selecting or , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen.
■
Home Screen
1Home Screen
The home screen has 5 pages (fixed). You cannot add
any more pages.
Select to go directly back to the first page of the
home screen from any page.
Swipe
Icon Icon
Current page position
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 270 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
271
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To use apps or widgets
1. Select .
2. Select App List ().
u The apps screen appears.
3. Select the app or widget you want to use.
Preinstall app list:
• Calculator: Displays Calculator.
• Downloads
*1
: Displays the data
downloaded from the web browser and so
on.
• App Installer: Check with a Honda dealer
for apps that are available for installation.
*1: Downloads app cannot be used because there is no Browser function in this system.
1To use apps or widgets
Select and hold a selected app or widget to add that
app’s or widget’s shortcut on the home screen.
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this
occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 381
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all
the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 381
In case those apps still do not startup normally even
after Factory Data Reset, contact an authorized
Honda dealer.
Do not install apps other than those confirmed by a
Honda dealer. Installation of unauthorized apps may
introduce data corruption risks to your vehicle's
information and your privacy.
You can delete user installed apps by the following
procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Information.
6. Select an App that you want to delete.
7. Select Delete.
Pre-installed apps cannot be deleted.
App List
( ) Icon
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 271 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
272
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To add app or widget icons on the home screen
App or widget icons can be added on the home screen.
1. Select .
2. Select .
3. Select and hold empty space on the home
screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Add App or Add Widget.
u The apps/widget screen appears.
Select and hold.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 272 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
5. Select and hold an app or widget icon you
want to add.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
6. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
7. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 273 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
274
Features
■ To move icons on the home screen
You can change location on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To move icons on the home screen
You can also move the Phone, Info, Audio,
Settings, Navigation
*
, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel
icons in the same manner.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 274 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To remove icons on the home screen
You can delete the icons on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove
to the trash icon.
u The icon is removed from the home
screen.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To remove icons on the home screen
You cannot delete the Phone, Info, Audio,
Settings, Navigation
*
, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel
icons.
Apps or widgets will not be deleted by deleting the
icon on the home screen.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop to
trash icon.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 275 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
276
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
1. Swipe the upper area of the screen.
u The status area appears.
2. Select an item to see the details.
3. Select or swipe up the bottom bar to
close the area.
■
Status Area
Swipe
Status Area Bar
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 276 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
277
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can change the screen interface design.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Change Skin.
6. Select Next, then a confirmation message
appears on the screen. Select Yes.
■
Changing the Screen Interface
1Changing the Screen Interface
After changing the screen interface design, you can
change the wallpaper by following procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select .
3. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Change wallpaper.
5. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.
If you change the screen interface, some of the
setting items will change.
2 Customized Features P. 349
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 277 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
278
Features
You can change menu icons on the right side of Audio, Phone, and Info screen.
1. Select any of the three icons (Audio/
Phone/Info) on the screen, then select and
hold the menu icon.
u Selecting the or icon, you can
change Audio, Phone, or Info on the
Menu Customize screen.
2. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
change, then drag and drop the icon to the
bottom.
3. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
add, then drag and drop the icon above.
4. Select OK.
■
Menu Customize
1Menu Customize
You can also use the method below to change the
menu icon:
Select Settings System Home tab Menu Icon
Position
Select and hold
Menu Icons
To change Menu Icon
To add
Drag and drop
Drag and drop
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 278 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
279
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can close specific apps running in the background on the system.
1. Select and hold .
2. Select the Active tab.
u If you select the Active/History tab, you
can close the apps that are currently
running and delete the app activity
history simultaneously.
3. Select an app you want to close.
4. Select Clear.
u The display will return to the app list.
■
Closing Apps
1Closing Apps
If you have a number of apps running in the
background and something goes wrong with the
audio system, some of those apps may not work
properly. If this happens, close all the apps and re-
launch the app/apps that you want to use.
To close all apps on the system, select Clear All, then
Yes.
You cannot close the HondaLink® and Garmin
*
apps.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 279 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
280
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Select .
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Sound.
Select a tab from the following choices:
• BAS-MID-TRE: Bass, Middle, Treble
• FAD-BAL-SUBW: Fader, Balance,
Subwoofer
• SVC: Speed Volume Compensation
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 280 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
281
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Continued
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Display Settings.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Background Color.
6. Select Next, then select the setting you
want.
7. Select OK.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 281 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
282
Features
Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list to switch the
audio source.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
1Selecting an Audio Source
If you startup preinstalled audio apps, is
displayed on the screen.
These preinstalled apps cannot be displayed on the
source select screen.
You can startup those audio apps from .
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Select the source icon.
Source Select Screen
Source List Icons
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 282 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
283
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on
the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice commands.
2 Voice Portal Screen P. 284
• Close the windows and moonroof
*
.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 283 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
284
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
When the (Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.
You can see the list of commands in Voice
Info on the Info Menu screen. Select Info,
then select MENU.
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.
*1: Models with navigation system
■
Voice Portal Screen
■ Phone Call
This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone call command, the screen will
change to the voice recognition screen for
phone commands.
• Dial by number
• Call history
• Redial
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call Police
• Call 911
Phone Call commands are not available if
using Apple CarPlay
TM
.
■ Music Search
This can be only used when the iPod or USB
device is connected.
■ Climate Control
*1
When the system recognizes the Climate
Control command, the screen will change
the dedicated screen to the climate control
voice recognition screen.
2 Climate Control Commands
*1
P. 286
■ Audio
*1
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change to the
audio voice recognition screen.
• Audio On/Off
• Radio FM/AM/SXM
*
• PANDORA
*
• iPod
• USB
• Other Sources
Pandora®
*
cannot be used while Android
Auto
TM
is active.
■ Navigation
*1
The screen changes to the navigation
screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ HondaLink
This can be only used when the phone is
connected.
■ Voice Setting
The screen changes to the Voice Recog.
tab on the System Settings screen.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 284 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
285
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
■ Voice Help
You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Useful Commands
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
• Climate Control Commands
• General Commands
• Music Search Commands
• On Screen Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
voice portal top screen.
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Your contact Name>
• What time is it?
• What is today’s date?
*1: Models with navigation system
■
Useful Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the phone.
• Call by number
• Call by name
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Your contact Name>
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
■ Radio FM Commands
• Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
• Radio tune to <87.7 -107.9> HD <1-8>
FM
• Radio FM preset # (#:1-12)
■ Radio AM Commands
• Radio tune to <530-1710> AM
• Radio AM preset # (#:1-6)
■ Radio SXM Commands
*
• SXM channel <1-999>
■
Phone Commands
■
Audio Commands
*1
• SXM channel <channel name, category
name, traffic and weather city name,
sports team name>
• Radio SXM preset <1-12>
■ Pandora® Commands
*
• PANDORA play
■ iPod Commands
• iPod play
• iPod play track # (#:1-30)
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■ USB Commands
• USB play
• USB play track # (#:1-30)
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■ Bluetooth® audio Commands
• Bluetooth audio play
NOTE:
Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work
on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio
devices.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 285 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
286
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
When On Screen Commands is selected,
the explanation screen is displayed.
The system accepts these commands on the
Music Search screen.
■ Using Song By Voice
Song By Voice
TM
is a feature that allows you
to select music from your iPod or USB device
using Voice Commands. To activate this
mode, you must press the (Talk) button
and say: “Music search”.
■ Song By Voice Commands
• What am I listening to?
• Who am I listening to?
• Who is this?
• What’s playing?
• Who’s playing?
• What album is this?
*1: Models with navigation system
■
On Screen Commands
■
Music Search Commands
■ Play Commands
• Play artist <Name>
• Play track/song <Name>
• Play album <Name>
• Play genre/category <Name>
• Play playlist <Name>
• Play composer <Name>
■ List Commands
• List artist <Name>
• List album <Name>
• List genre/category <Name>
• List playlist <Name>
• List composer <Name>
• What time is it?
• What is today’s date?
■
General Commands
• Climate Control On
• Climate Control Off
• Fan Speed <1-7>
• Temperature max heat
• Temperature max cool
• Temperature <57-87> degrees (U.S.)
• Temperature <18-32> degrees (Canada)
• Defrost On
• Defrost Off
• Air conditioner On
• Air conditioner Off
• More
• Vent
• Dash and floor
• Floor vents
• Floor and Defrost
• Climate Control Automatic
• Fan Speed up/down
• Temperature up
• Temperature down
NOTE:
These commands toggle the function on
and off, so the command may not match
your intended action.
■
Climate Control Commands
*1
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 286 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
287
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio)
Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Seek Icons
Select or to search the
selected band up or down for a
station with a strong signal.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Audio) Icon
Select to display the audio screen.
Tune Icons
Select or to tune
the radio frequency.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan Icon
Select to scan each station with a
strong signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and hold the
preset icon to store that station. Select to display
preset 7 onwards.
Driver Information Interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 287 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
288
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.
■
Preset Memory
■
Station List
1Preset Memory
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio
TM
and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
3
4
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 288 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
289
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Cancel or .
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select HD Radio Subchannel.
3. Select the channel number.
■
Scan
■
HD Subchannel
Models with HD Radio
TM
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 289 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
290
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select View Radio Text.
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 290 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
291
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Continued
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
Channel Icons
Select or to the previous
or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10
channels at a time.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Audio) Icon
Select to display the audio screen.
Category Icons
Select or to display and select a
SiriusXM® Radio category.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan Icon
Select to scan each channel.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio station. Select
and hold the preset icon to store that
station. Select to display preset 7
onwards.
Skip Icons
Select or to change
section in the channel. Select and
hold to move rapidly within the
section.
Driver Information Interface
Station Art
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 291 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
292
Features
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Tune Mode.
3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■
To Change the Tune Mode
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 233
Tune Start:
When you change to a preset channel, a song being
played on that channel restarts from the beginning
with this function. This can be turned on or off from
the Audio Settings screen.
2 Customized Features P. 349
3
4
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 292 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
293
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
3. Select OK.
You can also store a channel by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
You can store up to five of your preferred music channels in total.
1. Tune a station.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number you
want to add a music channel.
u A message appears if there are no
available presets.
5. Select Combine.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
memory.
1Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup
the Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On.
2 Customized Features P. 349
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 293 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
294
Features
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select the Channel tab.
3. Select the featured channel list title you want to listen to.
u The selected channel list of the title is displayed.
4. Select the channel.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel
list.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 294 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
295
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel’s
broadcast, as well as the last 30 minutes of your preset channel’s broadcast, starting
from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to a preset channel, the
system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You
can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Playback.
3. Move the time marker to the position you want to replay.
The following items are available on the pop-up screen:
(Skip Down): Skips to the previously stored channel. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current selection.
(Skip Up): Skips to the next channel. Select and hold to fast-forward the
current selection.
(15sec Back): Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and
hold to fast-rewind the current selection.
(15sec Skip): Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select
and hold to fast-forward the current selection.
u Select OK to close the pop-up menu. Replay in playback mode continues.
To play or pause on playback mode:
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Play/Pause.
■ Returning to real-time broadcast
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Go to Live.
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned off as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will
automatically start deleting the oldest data.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
Audio/Information Screen
(C)
(B)
(A)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 295 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
296
Features
While listening to other channels, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
the games of your favorite teams.
■ To set up a favorite team
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Favorite Team.
6. Select a team.
■ To set up an alert message
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Interrupt.
6. Select On(One Time) or On(Continue).
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function is available in SiriusXM®
mode only.
1To set up a favorite team
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
Selecting On(One Time) from the customize settings
disables the alert feature next time you turn the
power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features P. 349
You can also set up a favorite team by the following
procedure.
1. Select Audio.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Setting.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 296 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
297
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
■ To set up an alert beep
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Interrupt Beep.
6. Select On.
■ Traffic and Weather Information
You can receive traffic and weather information.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
5. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the information, select Unregistered.
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select Scan.
2. Select Scan Channels.
u You can select the desired channel by songs using Scan Song in Preset.
To turn off scan, select Cancel.
■
Scan
1To set up an alert beep
You can also set up an alert beep by the following
procedure.
1. Select Audio.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Setting.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
1Traffic and Weather Information
The traffic and weather information function at
SiriusXM® mode only.
You can also set up the traffic and weather
information by the following procedure.
1. Select Audio.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Setting.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
1Scan
The “Scan Songs in Preset” function is based on
TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 297 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
298
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Song Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Audio) Icon
Select to display the audio screen.
Cover Art
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
Driver Information Interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 298 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
299
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327
If you operate any music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the audio system,
you may no longer be able to operate the same app
on the audio/information screen.
Reconnect the device if necessary.
If an iPhone is connected via Apple CarPlay
TM
, the
iPod/USB source is unavailable and audio files on the
phone can only be played within Apple CarPlay
TM
.
Category
Selection
Item Selection
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 299 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
300
Features
You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file.
Select a play mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Repeat: Repeats the current track.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 300 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
301
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Continued
Features
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your USB flash drive or iPod using voice
commands.
■ To enable SBV
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice.
6. Select Next, then select On or Off.
1Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Setting options:
•
On (factory default): Song By Voice
TM
commands
are available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 301 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
302
Features
■ Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song by Voice setting to On.
2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music
Search” to activate the SBV feature for the
USB flash drive and iPod.
3. Then, say a next command.
u Example 1: Say “(List)‘Artist A’” to view a
list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the button and say “Music
Search” again to re-activate this mode.
1Searching for music using SBV
Song By Voice
TM
Commands List
2 Song By Voice Commands P. 286
NOTE:
Song By Voice
TM
commands are available for tracks
stored on the USB flash drive or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 303
SBV is not available when using Apple CarPlay
TM
. Use
Siri® Eyes Free instead.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 302 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
303
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the USB flash drive or iPod.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select New Modification.
7. Select USB or iPod.
■
Phonetic Modification
1Phonetic Modification
Song by Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed
out when Song By Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 303 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
304
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
8. Select the item to modify (e.g., Artist).
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
9. Select an entry to modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, select Play.
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, select Delete.
10.Select Modify.
11.Select the phonetic spelling you want to
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
12.Select Done.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV
mode, you can press the (Talk) button
and use the voice command “Play ‘Artist
A’” to play songs by the artist “No
Name.”
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 304 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
305
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*
Continued
Features
Playing Pandora®
*
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a
compatible smartphone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using
your USB cable to the USB port.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
1Playing Pandora®
*
Pandora
®
, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is
only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora
website for more information.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
If your phone is connected to Android Auto
TM
,
Pandora® is only available through the Android
Auto
TM
interface. Visit the Android Auto
TM
website to
check compatibility.
Audio/Information
Screen
Cover Art
VOL/ AUDIO
(Volume/Power
Audio) Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to
the previous display.
(Audio) Icon
Select to display the
audio screen.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a track.
Station Up/
Down Icons
Select to change
a station.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a track.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a track.
Driver Information
Interface
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 305 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*
306
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
• Bookmark
• Station List
• New Station
• Switch USB device
• Sound
• Setting
■ Operating a menu item
1. Select MENU.
2. Select an item.
■
Pandora® Menu
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora®
*
P. 329
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
select Station List, and then select a new station. It
also changes stations on the main Pandora® screen.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 306 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
307
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power Audio)
Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and
off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track.
Open/Close Icon
*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Audio) Icon
Select to display the audio screen.
Folder Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.
Audio/Information Screen
Driver Information Interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 307 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
308
Features
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 332
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 327
Folder Selection
Track Selection
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 308 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
309
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
■ Scan
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan.
3. Select a play mode.
■ Random/Repeat
Select a play mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
To turn off Scan, select or Cancel.
To turn off Random or Repeat, select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 309 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
310
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
*1:Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not
be displayed.
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible.
To check if your phone is compatible, visit
http://www.handsfreelink.com/Honda/.
It may be illegal to perform some data device
functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be
different.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to
play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay
TM
or Android Auto
TM
, Bluetooth® Audio from that
phone is unavailable. However, a second previously
paired phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by
selecting Connect from the Bluetooth Device
List screen.
Audio/
Information
Screen
VOL/ AUDIO
(Volume/Power
Audio) Knob
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the
previous display.
(Audio) Icon
Select to display
the audio screen.
Group Icons
Select or to change group.
Pause Icon
Play Icon
Bluetooth
Indicator
Appears when
your phone is
connected to
HFL.
Track Icons
Select or to change tracks.
Open/Close
Icon
*1
Displays/hides
the detailed
information.
Driver Information
Interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 310 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
311
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Select the play icon or pause icon.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
You can change the connected phone in the
Bluetooth® settings on the Audio Menu screen by
the following procedure.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Setting.
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 311 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
312
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
HondaLink®
HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect
your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 317
2 Phone Setup P. 416
■ Places
*
Displays restaurants, gas stations, Honda dealers, etc. and provides navigation
instructions to those locations via the navigation system.
■ Vehicle
Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service.
■ Help & Support
Displays tips on vehicle usage and provides information on roadside assistance and
the customer service center.
■
HondaLink® Menu
1HondaLink®
The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most
iPhone and Android phones.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
If Apple CarPlay
TM
or Android Auto
TM
is enabled,
HondaLink® can be accessed without the need to
connect to Wi-Fi.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 312 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
313
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
■ Messages from Honda
Displays helpful and important information from Honda.
■ Weather
*
Displays a weekly five-day weather forecast for any location you want. You can
change the ZIP Code at any time.
Use the following procedure to connect to the HondaLink® service.
■ To enable the HondaLink® service
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Info.
4. Select the HondaLink tab.
5. Select Diagnostics & Location Data.
6. Select On.
To complete the procedure, you must consent
to the collection and transmission of data
pertaining to your vehicle.
Enable once: Allows only one time. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
■
To Set Up to Connect HondaLink® Service
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 313 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
314
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
■ To link with HondaLink®
You can see this screen after launching
HondaLink®.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 314 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
315
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
Using the shortcut operation, you can quickly gain access to new messages.
1. In the header area, a message appears to
notify you of a new message.
u When the message is received, a
notification ring can be heard.
2. The notification message is replaced by an
icon which remains displayed until the new
message is read.
■
Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips
Message Icon
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 315 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
316
Features
3. From the top of the screen, swipe down to
see the messages.
4. Select a new message to open.
u If you have selected the update option
for HondaLink®, follow the directions on
the screen to complete the process.
1Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips
When you update HondaLink®, you must keep the
engine running and maintain a constant connection
with HondaLink®.
If the update is interrupted, the system will
automatically resume the process. If, however, a
week has elapsed since the process was first
interrupted, you must repeat the process from the
beginning.
You can update HondaLink® by selecting Message
from Honda on the HondaLink® menu.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 316 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
317
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Continued
Features
Wi-Fi Connection
You can connect the Display Audio to the Internet using Wi-Fi and browse websites
or use online services on the audio/information screen. If your phone has wireless
hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following
steps to setup.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth / Wi-Fi.
4. Select the Wi-Fi tab.
5. Select Wi-Fi On/Off Status, select Next,
then On.
6. Select Yes.
7. Select Wi-Fi Device List.
u Make sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is
in access point (tethering) mode.
u Select the phone you want to connect to
the system.
u If you do not find the phone you want to
connect in the list, select Scan.
8. Select Add.
u If needed, enter a password for your
phone and select Done.
u When the connection is successful, the
icon is displayed on the top of the
screen.
9. Select to go back to the home screen.
■
Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a
vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to setup the
Wi-Fi connection.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
off with the icon on the Wi-Fi Device List
screen. Network speed will not be displayed on this
screen.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 317 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
318
Features
Make sure your phone's Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.
■
Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-
Fi connection again after you boot your phone.
iPhone users
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 318 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
319
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri® Eyes Free
Features
Siri® Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your
iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
■
Using Siri® Eyes Free
1Siri® Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri®
Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.
1Using Siri® Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Talk) Button
Press and hold until the display
changes as shown.
(Hang-up/back) Button
Press to deactivate Siri® Eyes Free.
While in Siri® Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
Appears
when Siri is
activated in
Siri® Eyes
Free
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 319 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
320
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
Features
Apple CarPlay
TM
If you connect an Apple CarPlay
TM
-compatible iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB
port, you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to
make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
■ Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
■ Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
■ Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
■
Apple CarPlay
TM
Menu
1Apple CarPlay
TM
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
are compatible with Apple CarPlay
TM
.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay
TM
and when launching any compatible
apps.
To use Apple CarPlay
TM
, connect the USB cable to the
1.5A USB port. The USB port located on the back of
the center console compartment will not enable
Apple CarPlay
TM
operation.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
To directly access the Apple CarPlay
TM
phone
function, select Phone on the home screen. While
connected to Apple CarPlay
TM
, calls are only made
through Apple CarPlay
TM
. If you want to make a call
with Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple
CarPlay
TM
OFF or detach the USB cable from your
iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay
TM
P. 321
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay
TM
, it
is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay
TM
is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay
TM
is available, as well as information
pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
: Go back to the
home screen
Home screen
Apple CarPlay
TM
icon
Apple CarPlay
TM
menu screen
Go back to the Apple
CarPlay
TM
menu screen
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 320 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
321
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
Features
■ Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay
TM
) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB port, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay
TM
. Use of Apple CarPlay
TM
will result in
the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location,
speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay
TM
experience. You
will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the Display Audio Screen.
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay
TM
Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone settings menu.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
TM
1Apple CarPlay
TM
Apple CarPlay
TM
Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay
TM
requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay
TM
functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay
TM
functionality and
services. Honda cannot and does not provide any
warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlay
TM
performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay
TM
. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
Models with navigation system
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
TM
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay
TM
:
Select HOME Settings Smartphone
Apple CarPlay
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay
TM
is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions
and Apple’s Privacy Policy.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 321 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
322
Features
Press and hold the (Talk) button to activate Siri®.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay
TM
with Siri®
1Operating Apple CarPlay
TM
with Siri®
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri®.
•
What movies are playing today?
•
Call dad at work.
•
What song is this?
•
How’s the weather tomorrow?
•
Read my latest email.
•
Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri®.
Press again to deactivate Siri®.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 322 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
323
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Continued
Features
Android Auto
TM
When you connect an Android phone to the Display Audio system via the 1.5A USB
port, Android Auto
TM
is automatically initiated. When connected via Android
Auto
TM
, you can use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google
Maps (Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first
use Android Auto
TM
, a tutorial will appear on the screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto
TM
.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 325
1Android Auto
TM
To use Android Auto
TM
, you need to download the
Android Auto
TM
app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
compatible with Android Auto
TM
.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
TM
phone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto
TM
and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto
TM
, connect the USB cable to the
1.5A USB port. The USB port on the back of the
center console compartment will not enable Android
Auto
TM
operation.
2 USB Port(s) P. 231
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto
TM
, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto
TM
is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 323 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
324
Features
a Maps (Navigation)
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto
TM
) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The audio/Information screen shows you turn-by turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto
TM
into simple cards that
appear just when they’re needed.
■
Android Auto
TM
Menu
1Android Auto
TM
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto
TM
is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Android Auto
TM
homepage.
Android Auto
TM
Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto
TM
requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto
TM
functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto
TM
functionality and
services. Honda cannot and does not provide any
warranty or guarantee of future Android Auto
TM
performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto
TM
. Refer to the
Android Auto
TM
homepage for information on
compatible apps.
: Go back to
the home screen
Android Auto
TM
icon
6
Models with navigation system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 324 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
325
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Features
d Music and audio
Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto
TM
.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the Home Screen.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto
TM
with your voice.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 1.5A USB port, Android
Auto
TM
is automatically initiated.
■ Enabling Android Auto
TM
Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone settings menu.
■
Auto Pairing Connection
1Enabling Android Auto
TM
Only initialize Android Auto
TM
when you safely
parked. When Android Auto
TM
first detects your
phone, you will need to set up your phone so that
auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction
manual that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto
TM
settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Select HOME Settings Smartphone
Android Auto
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto
TM
is
governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 325 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
326
Features
Press and hold the (Talk) button to operate Android Auto
TM
with your voice.
■
Operating Android Auto
TM
with Voice Recognition
1Operating Android Auto
TM
with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
•
Reply to text.
•
Call my wife.
•
Navigate to Honda.
•
Play my music.
•
Send a text message to my wife.
•
Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto
TM
homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function
by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of
the screen.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto
TM
with your voice.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate voice recognition.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 326 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
327
Continued
Features
Audio Error Messages
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with color audio system
*2:Models with Display Audio
Error Message Solution
USB Error
*1, *2
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is
compatible with the audio system.
The connected USB device has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual
*2
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn
the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the
error.
Unsupported Ver
*1
Unsupported Version
*2
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod
is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry
*1, *2
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
*1, *2
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an unsupported
format. This error message appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song.
No Song
*1
No Data
*2
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, AAC, or WAV
*1
files in the USB flash drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
*1, *2
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported
device is connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 327 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
328
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
*1:Models with color audio system
Error Message Solution
Device No Response
*1
Appears when the system does not communicate with a connected device. If it appears
when a device is connected, contact your place of device purchase.
HUB Unsupported
*1
Appears when only a HUB is connected. If it appears, connect a USB flash drive to the
HUB.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 328 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
329
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
*
Continued
Features
Pandora®
*
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
No Device Connected
Appears when no device is connected.
Check the Bluetooth® and USB connection.
No Data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.Reboot
the app and reconnect the device.
To begin listening, select a station from the stations list.
Appears when any station is not selected. Select a station from the
station list on the device.
PANDORA App version is not supported.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora®
to the latest version.
No stations found. Please create a station.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to
create a station.
PANDORA system maintenance. Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later.
Unable to play PANDORA. When stopped, log-in to
PANDORA.
Appears you do not log in to Pandora®. Log in to Pandora®.
There is no internet connectivity on the phone.
Appears when the network is deteriorated. Move the vehicle and
check the reception of the signal.
Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.
Appears when the sending the data is failed for ten times and the
device may have a malfunction. Try again later. Move the vehicle and
check the reception of the signal.
Models with color audio system
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 329 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
330
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
*
Features
Error Message Solution
PANDORA is unable to play music in this country.
Appears when the vehicle is in the restricted area to listen the music.
Move the vehicle and check the reception of the signal.
USB Error. Please check owners manual.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. If there is any
problem with the connected device itself, the audio system may not
be able to detect it. Contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
To begin listening, select a station from the Stations list.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
Unable to rate track. Please try again.
Skip limit reached.
Appears when you try to skip a song or select Like/Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.
Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.
Unable to retrieve a track explanation. Please try again later.
Unable to create bookmark. Please try again later.
Appears when the commanded operation fails. Try again later.
No Data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated. Reboot
the app and reconnect the device.
PANDORA App version is not supported.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora®
to the latest version.
Unable to complete the operation. Please try again later.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
Models with Display Audio
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 330 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
331
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps
Features
Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
occurs.
Error Message Solution
Unable to connect Pandora. When stopped, check your
mobile phone
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your device.
Appears when Pandora® app is not installed on your device. Install
Pandora® app to your device.
Error Message
*1
Solution
Unfortunately, **** has
stopped.
Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.
**** is not responding.
Would you like to close it?
App is not responding.
Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep
waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data
Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 381
Models with Display Audio
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 331 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
332
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID on
the screen, select Channel 0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call SiriusXM® or visit the SiriusXM® website
to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the ENTER button on the steering wheel, or
through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes
until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good
reception.
Channel Not Subscribed:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Subscription Update:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
Channel Not Available:
No such channel exists, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Antenna Disconnected:
The SiriusXM® antenna is disconnected. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
•
U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at
www.siriusxm.com/subscribenow
or 1-866-635-2349
•
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at
www.siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now
or 1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•
In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•
In tunnels
•
On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•
Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 332 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
333
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
*1:Models with Display Audio
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, AAC, or WAV
*
formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4S/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c
*1
/iPhone 5s
*1
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 333 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
334
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 334 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
335
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 335 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
336
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 336 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
337
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 337 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
338
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 338 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
339
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 339 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
340
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 340 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
341
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney’s
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 341 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
342
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 342 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
343
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 343 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
344
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 344 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
345
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 345 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
346
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay
TM
/Android Auto
TM
Features
Models with Display Audio
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay
TM
/Android Auto
TM
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
■
OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 346 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
347
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay
TM
/Android Auto
TM
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
■
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 347 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
348
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select License, then press .
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Information.
6. Select About device.
7. Select Legal information.
8. Select Open source licenses.
1About Open Source Licenses
LICENSE: Copyright © 2001 Bob Trower, Trantor
Standard Systems Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any
person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the “Software”), to
deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to
whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission
notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Models with color audio system
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 348 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
349
Continued
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the ignition switch in ON (w, press the
MENU/CLOCK button, then select Settings. To customize the phone settings,
press the button, then select Phone Setup.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
1How to customize
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
To customize other features, select Settings, rotate
, then press .
2 List of customizable options P. 353
Models with color audio system
Audio/Information Screen
MENU/CLOCK Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 349 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
350
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ Customization Flow
Models with color audio system
Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
Adjust Clock
Settings
Bluetooth Setup Add New Device
Connect an Audio Device
Display Adjustment Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Rear Camera Camera Guideline
RDS Settings RDS Information
Radio Text
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 350 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
351
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Display Change Audio
Wallpaper
Wallpaper Select
Import
Delete
Color Theme Blue
Red
Amber
Violet
Language
Clock Format 12h
24h
License
Bluegreen
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 351 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
352
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Press the button and rotate to select Phone Setup, then press .
Ringtone Mobile Phone
Fixed
Bluetooth Setup Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-Key
Speed Dial
Caller ID Info Name Priority
Number Priority
System Clear
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 352 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
353
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Adjust Clock
Adjust Clock.
2 Clock P. 130
—
Settings
RDS
Settings
RDS Information
Selects whether the RDS information comes
on.
On
*1
/Off
Radio Text
Displays the radio text information of the
selected RDS station.
—
Bluetooth
Setup
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and create a code for a paired
phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 391
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
Display
Adjustment
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen.
—
Rear
Camera
Camera Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines come on the
audio/information screen.
On
*1
/Off
Models with color audio system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 353 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
354
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Settings
Display Change Changes the display type. Audio
*1
/Wallpaper
Wallpaper
Select Changes the wallpaper type.
Clock
*1
/Image 1/Image 2/
Image 3
Import
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 240
—
Delete Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Image 1/Image 2/Image 3
Color Theme
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue
*1
/Red/Amber/Violet/
Bluegreen
Language Changes the display language. English
*1
/French/Spanish
Clock Format
Selects the digital clock display from 12H to
24H.
12h
*1
/24h
License Shows the legal information. —
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 354 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
355
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Setup
Bluetooth
Setup
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 391
—
Connect a Phone
Pairs a new phone or connects a paired phone
to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 391
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. —
Disconnect All Devices Disconnects a paired phone from HFL. —
Delete Device Deletes a paired phone. —
Pass-Key Inputs and changes a code for a paired phone. —
Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 399
—
Ringtone Selects the ring tone. Mobile Phone
*1
/Fixed
Caller ID Info
Prioritizes the caller’s name or phone number
as the caller ID.
Name Priority
*1
/Number
Priority
System Clear
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Phone Setup group as default.
—
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 355 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuCustomized Featuresu
356
Features
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select , and
Settings, then select a setting item.
Models with Display Audio
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 365
Audio/Information Screen
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 356 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
357
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ Customization flow
Models with Display Audio
Select Settings.
Clock
Wallpaper
Others
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
ClockClock
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference
Clock
Wallpaper
Others
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference
Info
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Default
Default
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 357 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
358
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Bluetooth On/Off Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Wi-Fi On/Off Status
Wi-Fi Device List
Wi-Fi
BluetoothBluetooth / Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi Information
Text/Email
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Speed Dial
Ring Tone
Phone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification
Phone
LaneWatch
*
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Show with Turn Signal
Rear CameraCamera
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Reference Line
Cross Traffic
Monitor
*
Default
Default
Default
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 358 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
359
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Audio Source Pop-Up
Cover Art
HD Radio Mode (FM)
*
RDS INFO
TuneStart
SportsFlash Setup
Traffic & Weather Setup
Audio
Other
FM/AM
SXM
*
Default
Bluetooth Device List
Bluetooth
Multiple Channel Mix Preset
HD Radio Mode (AM)
*
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 359 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
360
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Home Screen Edit Order
Configuration of Instrument Panel
Tachometer Setting
Display Settings
Background Color
*1
Display
System
Touch Panel Sensitivity
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Blue
Amber
Red
Violet
BlueGreen
Guidance Volume
Text Message Volume
Sound/Beep
Voice Recog. Volume
Verbal Reminder
Beep Volume
Home
Meter Volume - List Reading
Meter Volume - Alphabetic Reading
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Menu Icon Position
*2
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 360 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
361
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Voice Recog.
Voice Prompt
Voice Recog. Volume
Song by Voice
Song by Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Automatic Phone Sync
Clock
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Clock
Wallpaper
One Press Voice Operation
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 361 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
362
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Others Language
Voice Command Tips
Remember Last Screen
*1
Memory Refresh
Refresh Time Adjustment
Change Skin
Factory Data Reset
Climate Screen Timeout
Detail Information
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
Default
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 362 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
363
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Driver Assist System Setup Forward Collision Warning Distance
*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
*
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
*
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Vehicle
Meter Setup
Adjust Alarm Volume
Speed/Distance Units
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
New Message Notifications
Tachometer
Cancel
TPMS Calibration
Calibrate
Blind Spot Info
*
Turn By Turn Auto Display
Driving Position Setup
*
Memory Position Link
Driver Attention Monitor
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 363 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
364
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Hands-free Access Mode
Keyless Open Mode
Lighting Setup
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Auto Door Lock
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Door/Window Setup
Apple CarPlay
Maintenance Info.
Android Auto
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Walk Away Auto Lock
Keyless Access Setup
Keyless Access Light Flash
Door Unlock Mode
Remote Start System On/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Smartphone
Power Tailgate Setup
Power Open By Outer Handle
Default
Auto Door Unlock
Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 364 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
365
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*1
/Clock
Type
*2
Clock
See
Info
on P. 366
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
Others Info Screen Preference
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Clock settings group as default.
Yes/No
Models with Display Audio
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 365 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
366
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*2
/
Clock
Type
*3
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic/Time Zone
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. —
Auto Time Zone
*
Automatically adjusts the clock when driving
through different time zones.
On
*1
/Off
Manual Time Zone
*
Changes the time zone manually. —
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Select On to have the GPS automatically adjust
the clock to daylight savings time. Select Off to
cancel this function.
On
*1
/Off
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
Overlay Clock Location Changes the clock display layout.
Upper Right
*1
/Upper
Left/Lower Right/
Lower Left/Off
Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 366 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
367
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
HondaLink
Diagnostic &
Location Data
Turns HondaLink® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Others
Info Screen
Preference
Selects the top menu when the (display/
information) button is pressed.
●
Info Top- A brief menu pops up.
●
Info Menu- A full menu pops up.
●
Off- A menu does not pop up.
Info Top/Info
Menu
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info settings
group as default.
Yes/No
Camera
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear
camera monitor.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 546
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines adjust to the movement
of the steering wheel.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 546
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear Camera
setting group as default.
Yes/No
LaneWatch
*
Show with Turn
Signal
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on when
you move the turn signal lever to indicate a right turn.
On
*1
/Off
Display Time after
Turn Signal Off
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch display stays
on after the turn signal lever returns to the center.
0 second
*1
/2 seconds
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 367 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
368
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
LaneWatch
*
Reference Line
Selects whether the reference lines come on
the LaneWatch monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
LaneWatch group as default.
Yes/No
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Turns on and off the cross traffic monitor. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth /
Wi-Fi
Bluetooth
Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
—
Edit Pairing Code
Edits a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 417
Random/Fixed
*1
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi On/Off Status Changes the Wi-Fi mode. On/Off
*1
Wi-Fi Device List
Connects, disconnects, or deletes the Wi-Fi
device.
—
Wi-Fi Information Shows the Wi-Fi information of the head unit. —
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth / Wi-Fi group as default.
Yes/No
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 368 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
369
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Phone
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
—
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 422
—
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook and call history data to be
automatically imported when a phone is paired
to HFL.
On
*1
/Off
HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On
*1
/Off
Text/Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —
New Message Notification
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
settings group as default.
Yes/No
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 369 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
370
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
FM/AM
HD Radio Mode (FM)
*
HD Radio Mode (AM)
*
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives
the analog waves only.
Auto
*1
/Analog only
RDS INFO Turns on and off the RDS information. On
*1
/Off
SXM
*
TuneStart
Turns on and off, starts the song from the
beginning as you change preset stations.
On
*1
/Off
SportsFlash
Setup
Interrupt Turns on and off the sports alert function.
Off
*1
/On(One Time)/
On(Continue)
Favorite
Team
Selects your favorite sports teams.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 296
—
Interrupt
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
is notified.
On
*1
/Off
Traffic & Weather Setup
Selects the region you want to receive the
information.
—
Multiple Channel Mix
Preset
Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On
*1
/Off
FM/AM mode
SiriusXM
®
mode
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 370 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
371
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 416
—
Other
[Your selected media]
Cover Art
Turns the cover art display on and off. On
*1
/Off
Audio Source Pop-Up
Selects whether the list of selectable audio source
comes on when Audio is selected on the home
screen.
On/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
settings group as default.
Yes/No
System Home
Home Screen Edit Order Changes the home screen icon layout. —
Menu Icon Position
*2
Changes the position of the menu icons on the
Audio, Phone, and Info screen.
—
Configuration of
Instrument Panel
Changes the Instrument Panel screen icon
layout.
—
Tachometer Setting Turns on and off the tachometer display. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth
®
mode
iPod or USB mode
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 371 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
372
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Display
Display
Settings
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.
—
Background Color
*2
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue/Amber/Red/
Violet/BlueGreen
*1
Touch Panel Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Low
*1
Sound/
Beep
Guidance Volume
Changes the sound volume.
Adjusts the guidance volume of the navigation
system.
1~6
*1
~11
Text Message Volume
Changes the text/e-mail message reading
volume.
1~6
*1
~11
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 372 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
373
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Sound/
Beep
Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 1~6
*1
~11
Meter Volume - List
Reading
Changes the list reading volume. 1~6
*1
~11
Meter Volume -
Alphabetic Reading
Changes the alphabetic reading volume. 1~6
*1
~11
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On
*1
/Off
Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2
*1
/3
Voice
Recog.
One Press Voice
Operation
Changes the setting of the (Talk) button operation when
using the voice operation.
On
*1
/Off
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On
*1
/Off
Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 1~6
*1
~11
Song by Voice Turns the Song By Voice
TM
on and off. On
*1
/Off
Song by Voice
Phonetic Modification
Modifies a voice command for music stored in the system or
an iPod/iPhone.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 303
—
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 303
—
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets phonebook and call history data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 373 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
374
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Clock
Clock/Wallpaper
Type
*2
/Clock
Type
*3
Clock
See
Info
on P. 366
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone
*
Manual Time Zone
*
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Others
Language Change the display language.
English (United
States)
*1
/Français/
Español
Voice Command Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving.
Only voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 374 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
375
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Others
Remember Last Screen
*2
Selects whether the device remembers the last
screen.
On/Off
*1
Memory Refresh
Turns on the audio system automatically and restores
the fragmentation of a memory when the power
mode is VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
On
*1
/Off
Refresh Time Adjustment Sets the time for Memory Refresh. —
Change Skin Changes the screen interface design. Yes/No
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 381
Yes/No
Climate Screen Timeout
Changes the length of time the climate control
display stays on when you press the CLIMATE
button.
Never/5 Seconds/10
Seconds
*1
/20
Seconds
Detail Information
Displays the details of the head unit and operating
system information.
—
Default
Cancels /Resets all customized items in the System
group as default.
Yes/No
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 375 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
376
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
TPMS Calibration
Cancels/Calibrates the tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS).
Cancel
*1
/Calibrate
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
*
Changes CMBS
TM
alert distance. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the system detects a
vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
*
Changes the setting for the blind spot information.
Audible and Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/Off
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when LKAS is suspended. On/Off
*1
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
*
Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation
system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/Warning
Only
Driver Attention
Monitor
Changes the setting for the driver attention monitor.
Tactile And Audible
Alert
*1
/Tactile Alert/OFF
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 376 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
377
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Meter
Setup
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A
and average fuel economy A.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B
and average fuel economy B.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Turn By Turn Auto
Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
New Message
Notifications
Used to select whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message.
On
*1
/Off
Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units.
mph · miles
*1
/km/h · km
(U.S.)
km/h · km
*1
/mph · miles
(Canada)
Tachometer
Selects whether the tachometer come on the driver
information interface.
On
*1
/Off
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 377 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
378
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Driving
Position
Setup
*
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access
Setup
Remote Start System
On/Off
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock
the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light
Dimming Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/30seconds
*1
/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/30seconds/
15seconds
*1
/0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
Auto Interior
Illumination
Sensitivity
Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in
the AUTO position.
Min/Low/Mid
*1
/High/Max
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 378 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
379
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Lighting
Setup
Auto Headlight ON
With Wiper ON
Changes the settings for the wiper operation
when the headlights automatically come on while
the headlight switch is in the AUTO position.
On
*1
/Off
Door/
Window
Setup
Auto Door Lock
Used to change the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed
*1
/Shift
from P/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key and Remote
Unlock Mode
Sets up the driver’s door or all the doors to unlock
on the first push of the remote.
Driver Door
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock
Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/60seconds/
30seconds
*1
Walk Away Auto
Lock
Changes the settings for the auto lock function
when you walk away from the vehicle.
On/Off
*1
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 379 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
380
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Power
Tailgate
Setup
*
Hands-free Access
Mode
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by a
swift forward in and out kicking motion under
the rear bumper.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime
*1
/When
Unlocked
Power Open By Outer
Handle
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by
tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual only)/
On (Power/
Manual)
*1
Maintenance Info.
Used to reset the engine oil life display when the
maintenance service has been performed.
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Vehicle
settings group as default.
Yes/No
Smartphone
Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlay
TM
connection. —
Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto
TM
connection. —
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 380 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
381
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Factory Data Reset.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
6. Select Next, then select Yes to reset the
settings.
7. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK.
u After selecting OK, the system will
reboot.
Models with Display Audio
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the
preinstalled apps to their factory default.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use
the HondaLink® because it becomes off line.
2 HondaLink® P. 312
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 381 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
382
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 382 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
383
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
Continued
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800)355-3515.
Red Indicator
Models without panoramic roof
Red Indicator
Models with panoramic roof
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 383 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
384
Features
■
Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2.
Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow
steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not
need to press and release the HomeLink button
again in step 2.
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator remains on for
about 25 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
4.
3.
2.
5.
A.
B.
1.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to
constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and release the HomeLink button. Press
and release the button on the remote every 2
secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from
slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly
blinking? The process should take less than 60
seconds.
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.
HomeLink LED is
constantly on.
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 384 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
385
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
(Phone) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528 -7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Up to 20 speed dial entries can be stored. If there is
no entry in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 399
Up to 20 call histories can be stored. If there is no call
history, Call History is disabled.
Models with color audio system
(Talk) Button
Volume up
Microphone
(Hang-up/Back) Button
(Pick-up) Button
Volume down
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 385 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
386
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you
when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries can be called using voice commands while
the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 399
■
HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Signal Strength
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Roam Status
Call Name
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 386 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
387
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
or
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Speed Dial
*1
Add New
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Call History
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to
store as a speed dial number.
Phone Number
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Call History
*1
Display the paired phones’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
(Existing entry list)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 387 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
388
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Bluetooth SetupPhone Setup
Redial
*1
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Create a code for a paired phone.
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-key
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Connect a Bluetooth® Audio device to the
system.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 388 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
389
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Call History
Phonebook
Phone Number
Speed Dial
*1
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Add New
Existing entry list
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 389 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
390
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Fixed
Mobile Phone
System Clear
Ringtone
Select the ring tone stored in the connected
cell phone.
Name Priority
Number Priority
Caller ID Info Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries,
and security codes.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.
Select the ring tone stored in HFL.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 390 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
391
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has
been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Press to select OK.
4. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
5. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink®.
6. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
7. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within 30 seconds, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 391 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
392
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Rotate to select Add New Device,
then press .
4. Press to select OK.
u The screen changes to device list.
5. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
6. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink®.
7. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by a phone.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 392 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
393
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Connect a Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a desired device name,
then press .
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 393 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
394
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Pass-Key, then press
.
5. Input a new pairing code, then press .
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 394 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
395
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Delete Device, then
press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 395 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
396
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Ringtone, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Mobile Phone or
Fixed, then press .
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Caller ID Info, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
speakers.
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
■
Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority: A caller’s name is displayed if it is
stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 396 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
397
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Pairing codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, all call
history data, and all imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select System Clear, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen. Press
.
■
To Clear the System
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 397 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
398
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
If a name has four or more numbers, ... appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Pager
Work
Fax
Car
Voice
Other
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 398 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
399
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Add New, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
From Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When any preset button is pressed, the Speed Dial
screen is displayed.
When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
button and call the number using voice commands.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 399 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
400
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Speed Dial,
then press .
6. Select a new speed dial number, then press
.
■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 400 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
401
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■ To change a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Voice Tag,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 401 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
402
Features
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 402 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
403
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 386
2 Speed Dial P. 399
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 386
2 Speed Dial P. 399
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 403 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
404
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s call history.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
received, or missed calls.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 404 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
405
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
When any preset button is pressed, the Speed Dial
screen is displayed.
Select Others to view another paired phone’s speed
dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button and
call the number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 399
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen. Press the button and
follow the prompts.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 405 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
406
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming Call
screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold
to answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons.
Rotate to select the icon, then press .
HFL Mode
Caller’s Name
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 406 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
407
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Swap Call: Put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Dial Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Dial Tones: Available on some phones.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 407 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
408
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528 -7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
To use the system, the Bluetooth On/Off Status
setting must be On. If there is an active connection to
Apple CarPlay
TM
or Android Auto
TM
, HFL is
unavailable.
2 How to customize P. 349
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, select the audio
system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio
controls on the steering wheel.
Up to three speed dial entries can be displayed
among a total of 20 that can be entered.
2 Speed Dial P. 422
Up to three previous calls can be displayed at a time
among a total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no
call history, Call History is disabled.
Models with Display Audio
(Talk) Button
(+ (- Bar
Microphone
(Hang-up/Back) Button
(Pick-up) Button
ENTER Button
(Display/Information) Button
Buttons
3
4
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 408 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
409
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu on the driver
information interface, or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
command, or cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal.
buttons: Press to select an item displayed on the phone menu in the driver
information interface.
ENTER button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the phone
menu in the driver information interface.
(display/information) button: Select and press ENTER to display Speed
Dial, Call History, or Phonebook on the phone menu in the driver information
interface.
To go to the Phone Menu screen:
1. Select to switch the display to the phone screen.
2. Select MENU.
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
3
4
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 409 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
410
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or
numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 422
■
HFL Status Display
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Signal StrengthHFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 410 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
411
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
■ Phone Settings screen
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Phone.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
Disconnect a paired phone
from the system.
Bluetooth Device List
(Existing entry list)
Disconnect
Delete
Delete a paired phone.
Add Bluetooth Device
Pair a new phone to the system.
Phone
Connect a paired device to
the system.
Connect
Connect
Connect
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 411 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
412
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Edit
Delete
(Existing entry list)
Edit Speed Dial
Delete All
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Delete all of the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a name.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Ring Tone
Select the fixed or mobile phone.
Automatic Phone Sync
Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.
HondaLink Assist
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 412 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
413
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Select Account
Enable Text/Email
Text/Email
New Message Notification
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a mail or text message account.
Default
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 413 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
414
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Phone Menu screen
1. Select .
2. Select MENU.
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Speed Dial
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Edit Speed Dial
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 414 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
415
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
See the previous message.
Text/Email
Read/Stop
(Existing message list)
See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
Select Account
Select a mail or text message account.
Reply to a received message using one of six
fixed phrases.
Dial
Make a call to the sender.
Reply
Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last outgoing calls.
Display the last incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last missed calls.
Dial
Redial
Enter a phone number to dial.
Redial the last number dialed.
Phonebook
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 415 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
416
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Select .
2. Select Yes.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select Continue.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
4. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Phone Not Found and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, search for
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
the system before you can make and receive hands-
free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay
TM
,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable and Add Bluetooth Device is grayed
out from the Bluetooth Device List screen.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 416 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
417
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select Connect , Connect , or
Connect .
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth / Wi-Fi.
4. Select the Bluetooth tab.
5. Select Edit Pairing Code.
6. Select Random or Fixed.
1To change the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
from the Bluetooth Device List screen.
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 417 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
418
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Delete.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 418 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
419
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
function
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Enable
Text/Email.
3. Select Next.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select On or Off.
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then New
Message Notification.
3. Select Next.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select On or Off.
■
To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options
1To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options
To use the text message/e-mail function, it may be
necessary to set up on your phone.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 419 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
420
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Ring Tone.
3. Select Next, then select Fixed or Mobile
Phone.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
speakers.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 420 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
421
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Select On or Off.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a name from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
Pref
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 421 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
422
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 414
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select New Entry.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Select Yes or No.
5. Select Record, or use the button and
follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say the voice tag
name.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 422 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
423
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record, or use the button and
follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 423 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
424
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select a setting you want.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 424 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
425
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■ To add a new voice tag
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to add
phonetic modification to.
■
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 425 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
426
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
7. Select New Voice Tag.
8. Select a contact name you want to add to.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
9. Select Modify.
10. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
11. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 426 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
427
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To modify a voice tag
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to modify
phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to
modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
8. Select Modify.
9. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 427 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
428
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a modified voice tag
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone for which you want to
delete phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to delete.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Select Delete.
u The selected contact name has been
selected.
9. Select OK.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 428 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
429
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete all modified voice tags
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to delete
phonetic modification.
u The contact name list appears.
7. Select Delete All.
8. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen, then select Yes.
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from most screens.
Press the button and say the voice tag name.
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay
TM
, phone calls can be made only from Apple
CarPlay
TM
.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 429 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
430
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Select .
2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
u You can also search by letter. Select
Search.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering name, if multiple numbers exist
select a number.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can also select Phonebook on the Phone
Menu screen.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 430 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
431
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 414
2. Select Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using redial
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 414
2. Select Redial.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the Call History
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 414
2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the Call History
The call history displays the last 20 all, dialed,
received, or missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to the
system.)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 431 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
432
Features
■ To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 414
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
1To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 422
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 432 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
433
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower
half of the screen.
Select the option.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen.
Mute Icon
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 433 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
434
Features
HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message or e-mail.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
u The text message or e-mail is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.
■
Receiving a Text Message/E-mail
1Receiving a Text Message/E-mail
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
The system can only receive massages that are sent as
text (SMS) messages. Messages sent using the data
services will not be displayed in the list.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages and e-mails.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message/e-mail feature. Only use the text message/e-
mail feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text message or e-mail for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
P. 419
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 434 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
435
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Messages or an e-mail account
you want.
■
Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
Select
Account
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 435 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
436
Features
■ Displaying text messages
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 414
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select
(previous) or (next) on the message screen.
Message List
Text Message
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 436 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
437
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Displaying e-mails
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 414
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select Select Account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
u The e-mail is displayed. The system
automatically starts reading the message
aloud.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 437 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
438
Features
■ Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 436
2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read again to start reading the
message from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 436
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Complete appears on the screen when
the reply message was successfully sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•
I’m on my way.
•
I’m running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
•
U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 438 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
439
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Dial.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 439 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
440
Features
■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition can be sent to the
operator
*1
; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at
www.hondalink.com/TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will
attempt to notify emergency services but NEITHER Honda-PRO NOR ITS SERVICE
PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle's location may not
be sent to the operator.
■
In Case of Emergency
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency service when:
•
You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
areas.
•
There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 440 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
441
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To enable notification
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 411
2. Select the Phone tab, then HondaLink
Assist.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
1To enable notification
Setting options:
•
On: Notification is available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 441 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
442
Features
Compass
*
When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w, the compass self-calibrates, and the
compass display appears.
Compass Calibration
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
2. Press and hold the (day/night) button
until the display shows the compass setting
menu.
3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press
.
4. When the display changes to Push CAL
Start, press .
5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
u The compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.
1Compass
*
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
•
Driving near power lines or stations
•
Crossing a bridge
•
Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
•
When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
While setting the compass:
•
The (Back) button returns to the previous
screen.
Compass Setting Menu Items
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 442 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
443
uuCompass
*
uCompass Zone Selection
Features
Compass Zone Selection
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w.
2. Press and hold the (day/night) button
until the display shows the compass setting
menu.
3. Rotate to select Zone, then press .
The display shows the current zone
number.
4. Rotate to select the zone number of
your area (See Zone Map), then press .
1Compass Zone Selection
The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.
Zone Number
Zone Map
Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 443 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
444
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 444 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
445
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 446
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation.......................... 451
Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 454
Towing Your Vehicle........................ 455
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information......................... 456
Important Safety Precautions............ 456
Avoiding Trouble ............................. 457
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 458
Starting the Engine .......................... 460
Precautions While Driving................. 465
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Continuously Variable Transmission... 466
Shifting............................................ 467
ECON Button ................................... 469
Cruise Control
*
............................... 470
Front Sensor Camera
*
..................... 477
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF)
*
....................... 479
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
System
*
..................................... 495
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
.. 499
Vehicle Stability Assist
®
(VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System............. 507
LaneWatch
TM
*
.................................. 513
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
System
TM
*
...................................... 515
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...516
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 520
Braking
Brake System ................................... 522
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 528
Brake Assist System ......................... 529
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
..................................... 530
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 540
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 546
Refueling........................................... 548
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 551
Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
...................... 552
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 445 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
446
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 595
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 446 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
447
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 195
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 201
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 192
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 193
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 447 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
448
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 44
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 80
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 448 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
449
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire
and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 648
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 648
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 449 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
450
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a tailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 451
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 450 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
451
Continued
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■ Total trailer weight
Maximum allowable weight of the trailer,
cargo, and everything in or on it must not
exceed 1,500 lbs (680 kg). Towing loads in
excess of this can seriously affect vehicle
handling and performance and can damage
the engine and drivetrain.
■ Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.
• Excessive tongue load reduces front tire
traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable
and cause it to sway.
• To achieve a proper tongue load, start by
loading 60% of the load toward the front
of the trailer and 40% toward the rear.
Readjust the load as needed.
■
Towing Load Limits
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the
tongue load.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle's first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Specifications P. 648
3
WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Total Load
Tongue Load
Tongue Load
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 451 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
452
Driving
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing,
and where you are towing.
■ Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.
■ Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
■ Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle's hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.
■ Additional towing equipment
Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a
trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special
mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way.
■
Towing Equipment and Accessories
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and
setup of the equipment.
Improper installation and setup can affect the
handling, stability, and braking performance of your
vehicle.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.
Trailer packages and products:
•
Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc.
•
Wiring harness kit
•
Trailer hitch kit
2 Trailer brakes P. 452
Are available at a dealer.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 452 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
453
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■ Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
We recommend that you have a dealer install a Honda wiring harness and converter.
They are designed for your vehicle.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is
required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician.
1Trailer light
The trailer lighting connector is located behind the
left side panel in the cargo area.
Even if you are planning to use the non-Honda trailer
lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the
correct connector and pins.
Right Turn Signal (Light Green)
Left Turn Signal (Light Blue)
Small (Violet)
Brake Light (Pink)
+B Trailer (White)
Grand (Black)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 453 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
454
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
Driving
Driving Safely with a Trailer
• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 451
• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.
• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
• Use the
(D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the white (H) mark, turn off the
climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool
down the engine if necessary.
■
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
■
Towing Speeds and Gears
■
Turning and Braking
■
Driving in Hilly Terrain
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer is restricted
up to 65 mph (100 km/h).
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer's tires.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 454 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
455
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Driving
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 644
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 455 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
456
Driving
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-highway activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
• Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
• Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
• Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
• It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 36
2 Precautions While Driving P. 465
3
WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or the
off pavement can cause a crash or rollover
in which you and your passengers could be
seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 456 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
457
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
Driving
Avoiding Trouble
• Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
• Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
• Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
• Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
• Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight or down a slope is usually the
safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before
you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it. Find
another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back
down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
• Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
• If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 457 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
458
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator comes on for 15 seconds when
you pull up the electric parking brake
switch.
u The parking brake must be applied to
start the engine.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N with the parking brake applied, it is
safer to start it in (P.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START
(e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
Models without smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Do not hold the key in START
(e for more than 10
seconds.
•
If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 30 seconds before trying again.
•
If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 30 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 458 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
459
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the shift lever in (D. Select (R
when reversing.
2. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 522
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to
(D, (S, or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting the Engine
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 159
You can also release the parking brake by pressing
the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start
your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it
with the electric parking brake switch than by
releasing it with the accelerator pedal.
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 459 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
460
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator comes on for 15 seconds when
you pull up the electric parking brake
switch.
u The parking brake must be applied to
start the engine.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N with the parking brake applied, it is
safer to start it in (P.
Models with smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 159
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 460 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
461
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Shift to (P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
■
Stopping the Engine
1Starting the Engine
Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry
remote is weak.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 625
The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
before trying again.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 461 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
462
Driving
You can remotely start the engine using the button on the smart entry remote.
■ To start the engine
When started remotely, the engine automatically shuts off after 10 minutes of idling
and/or the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP button have not been pressed
simultaneously.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u Some exterior lights flash six times if a 10-minute extension request was
transmitted successfully.
■
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
The remote engine start may violate local laws.
Before using the remote engine start, check your
local laws.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
The range may be less when the vehicle is running.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
•
You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen
*
.
•
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
•
The gear is in a position other than (P.
•
The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked.
3
WARNING
Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you or
cause unconsciousness.
Never use the remote engine starter when
the vehicle is parked in a garage or other
area with limited ventilation.
Press the button, then press and hold
the button.
Some exterior lights flash once.
Go within the range,
and try again.
LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Some exterior lights flash six
times if the engine runs
successfully.
Some exterior lights will not
flash if the engine runs
unsuccessfully.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 462 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
463
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
■ To stop the engine
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
•
You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
•
Another registered smart entry remote is in the
vehicle.
•
There is an antenna failure.
•
The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
•
The engine oil pressure is low.
•
The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
•
The security system alarm is not set.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
•
The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode.
When it is cold outside:
•
The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
•
The rear defogger and door mirror heaters
*
are
activated.
•
The seat and heated steering wheel are activated
*
2 Heated Steering Wheel
*1
P. 220
2 Front Seat Heaters
*
P. 221
Press and hold the
button for one
second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
The exterior lights flash once if the engine stops successfully.
The exterior lights will not flash when the remote is out of
the smart entry system range.
The engine will not stop.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 463 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
464
Driving
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button
simultaneously.
2. Put the shift lever in
(D. Select (R when reversing.
3. With the parking brake is applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator goes off.
4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to
(D, (S, or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
The engine stops when the shift lever is moved out of
(P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive.
You can also release the parking brake by pressing
the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start
your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it
with the electric parking brake switch than by
releasing it with the accelerator pedal.
When the engine was started using the button
*
on the smart entry remote
When the engine was started using the button
*
on the smart entry remote
When the engine was started in any case
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 464 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
465
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
• Roof load capacity is 165 lbs (75 kg), available roof racks/carriers may have lower
capacities. Please check accessory's information (Honda accessory).
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 465 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
466
uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission
Driving
Continuously Variable Transmission
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower ratio, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed.
Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY
(q
*1
while driving, the engine will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in
(N, as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 36
2 Precautions While Driving P. 465
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 466 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
467
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions
1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
and remove the key unless the shift lever is in
(P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Drive
Used for normal driving
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Drive (S)
Used:
●
For better acceleration
●
To increase engine braking
●
When going up or down hills
Release Button
Low
●
Used to further increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 467 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
468
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or the transmission system indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
Tachometer's red zone
Shift Lever Position Indicator
(Transmission System Indicator)
Depress the brake pedal and press the
shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.
Models with information display
Models with driver information interface
Shift Lever Position Indicator
(Transmission System Indicator)
Tachometer's red zone
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 468 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
469
uuWhen DrivinguECON Button
Driving
ECON Button
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel economy by adjusting the
performance of the engine, transmission, climate control system, and cruise control.
1ECON Button
While in ECON mode, the climate control system has
greater temperature fluctuations.
Models with information display
Models with driver information interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 469 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
470
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
Models with information display
■
Shift positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (S
When to use
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
■
Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■
Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 470 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
471
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
−/SET Button
On when cruise control begins
Press and release
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 471 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
472
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
■
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
CANCEL
Button
CRUISE
Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 472 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
473
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Driving
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
Models with driver information interface
■
Shift positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (S
When to use
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
■
Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range from
about 25 mph (40 km/h) to 125
mph (200 km/h)
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■
Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 473 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
474
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The set speed is displayed. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator and set speed
comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
−/SET Button
On when cruise control begins
Press and release
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 474 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
475
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the button pressed, the speed limit increases or decreases in
increments of 5 mph or 5 km/h every 0.5 second until system limit is reached.
• The vehicle may accelerate or decelerate until the set speed is reached.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
To decrease speed
To increase speed
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 475 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
476
Driving
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
CANCEL
Button
CRUISE
Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 476 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
477
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
Continued
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
*
The camera, used in systems; such as RDM, LKAS, ACC with LSF and CMBS
TM
, is
designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate their
functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 477 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
478
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
*
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate:Camera Temperature Too High:
message appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed toward the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate:Clean Front Windshield: message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 478 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
479
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Continued
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake
lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.
Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always
keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other
vehicles.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead
to a crash.
Use ACC with LSF only when driving on
expressways or freeways and in good
weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with LSF has limited braking
capability and may not stop your vehicle
in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle
that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with
LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at
the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■
Shift position for ACC with LSF: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is
inside the front grille.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 479 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
480
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are
either turned on or off.
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 486
When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive
cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will
turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Do not use ACC with LSF under the following
conditions:
•
On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to
maintain the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
How to use
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel.
ACC with LSF is ready to use.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 480 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
481
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
When driving at 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and
press the –/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release
the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins.
When driving slower than 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the
brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the button fixes the set speed to 25 mph (40
km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is stationary and a vehicle
is detected ahead, your vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal
depressed.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface
*
or
audio/information screen
*
between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 116, 349
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF), Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM), Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, low tire
pressure/TPMS, Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
), and Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) may come on along with a message in the
Driver Information Interface after reconnecting the
battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph
(20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not,
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
On when ACC with LSF
begins
Press and release
−/SET button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 481 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
482
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
When ACC with LSF starts operating, the
vehicle icon, distance bars and set speed
appear on the driver information interface.
When you use ACC with LSF, Straight Driving
Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering
system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to
automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for
you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Distance
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 482 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
483
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a
vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your
vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the
vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-Interval P. 489
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if
another vehicle cuts in front of you, the beeper
sounds, a message appears on the driver information
interface.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
distance from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start
accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with
LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward
Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Beep
ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
driver information interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 483 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
484
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your
vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range.
ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal,
the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following-interval while a
vehicle ahead is within the ACC with LSF range.
1When in Operation
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally,
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 486
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the driver
information interface
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 484 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
485
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the driver
information interface.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the driver information
interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or –/
SET button, or depress the accelerator pedal,
ACC with LSF operates again within the prior
set speed.
If no vehicle is ahead of you before you
resume driving, depress the accelerator pedal
and ACC with LSF will operate again within
the prior set speed.
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows
to a stop
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with LSF system is
operating can result in the vehicle
moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with LSF.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 485 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
486
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong size, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the
collision mitigation braking system
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 530
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
•
The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
•
You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
•
Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 486 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
487
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Continued
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 487 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
488
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET button on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then
push and release the –/SET button, the current speed
of the vehicle is set.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 488 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
489
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Continued
Driving
Press the (Interval) button to change the
ACC with LSF following-interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following-
interval.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-Interval
Interval Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 489 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
490
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the distance between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF
distance setting.
Following-Interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec
100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec
137 feet
42 meters
1.5 sec
Long
154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec
200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec
272 feet
83 meters
2.9 sec
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 490 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
491
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the LSF function has stopped the
vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF
by depressing the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set
speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+
button.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.
Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then
set the desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 491 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
492
Driving
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when
ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC
with LSF to automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your
vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
• When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel.
The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following
causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The engine is turned off.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.
Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to
cancel improves, then press the –/SET button.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 492 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
493
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the driver information interface for two
seconds, and then the mode switches to
Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and
hold the button again for one second.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface
*
or
audio/information screen
*
between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 116, 349
ACC with
LSF ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 493 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
494
Driving
• Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 494 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
495
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the driver information
interface.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane
departures; accuracy will vary based on weather,
speed and lane marker condition. It is always your
responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid
collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 497
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 495 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
496
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the driver
information interface when the system is
on.
■
How the System Activates
■
RDM On and Off
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 80
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
•
Not driven within a traffic lane.
•
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
•
Driven in a narrow lane.
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the audio/information
screen, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 349
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF), Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM), Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, low tire
pressure/TPMS, Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
), and Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) may come on along with a message in the
Driver Information Interface after reconnecting the
battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph
(20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not,
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
RDM ButtonIndicator
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 496 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
497
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Continued
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 497 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
498
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• When driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 498 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
499
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages
*
P. 102
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 The LKAS Conditions and Limitations
P. 505
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the
steering to keep the vehicle between the
left and right lane lines. The applied
torque becomes stronger as the vehicle
gets closer to either of the lane lines.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
Front sensor camera
Monitors the lane
lines
■
Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel and a warning display alert
you that the vehicle is drifting out of
a detected lane.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 499 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
500
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 500 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
501
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the driver information
interface.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the driver
information interface.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 501 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
502
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
To cancel
1When the System can be Used
The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to
detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines
again, it comes back on automatically.
1To cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF
on and off.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 502 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
503
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to 40 mph (64
km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to 45 mph
(72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate continuously.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the driver
information interface change
to contour lines, and the
beeper sounds (if activated).
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 503 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
504
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When driving through a sharp curve.
• When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
• When the ABS or VSA® systems engage.
A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 504 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
505
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markings.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■
The LKAS Conditions and Limitations
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 505 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
506
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• When driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 506 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
507
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Continued
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
VSA® System
Indicator
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 507 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
508
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
, Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
*
, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, low tire
pressure/TPMS, Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
, and Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) may come on along with a message in the
Driver Information Interface after reconnecting the
battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph
(20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not,
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
VSA® OFF Indicator
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 508 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
509
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 509 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
510
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
Driving
Blind spot information System
*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.
■ How the system works
1Blind spot information System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information
system has limitations. Over reliance on blind spot
information system may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
•
The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes,
etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not
Available driver information interface appearing.
•
The blind spot information system alert indicator
may come on even with the message appearing.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners
Alert Zone
A
B
C
●
The transmission is in (D.
●
Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32 km/h)
and 100 mph (160 km/h)
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 510 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
511
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
Driving
■ When the system detects a vehicle
1Blind spot information System
*
The blind spot information system alert indicator may
not come on under the following conditions:
•
A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
•
A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
•
The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
•
An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
You can change the setting for blind spot
information system.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Turn the system off when towing a trailer.
The system may not work properly for the following
reasons:
•
The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage.
•
The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the blind spot information system
alert indicators to come on.
■
Comes on when
●
A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
●
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
■
Blinks and the beeper sounds when
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
Comes On
Blinks
Blind spot information System Alert Indicator:
Located on the outside rearview mirror on
both sides.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 511 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
512
Driving
1Blind spot information System
*
Blind spot information system may be adversely
affected when:
•
Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
•
An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
•
Driving on a curved road.
•
A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
•
The system picks up external electrical interference.
•
The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
•
The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
•
In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
•
Making a turn at an intersection.
•
Driving on a bumpy road.
•
Making a short turn that slightly tilts the vehicle.
For proper blind spot information system use:
•
Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
•
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
•
Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired,
or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.
The system does not operate when in
(R.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 512 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
513
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
Continued
Driving
LaneWatch
TM
*
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these
areas and allows you to check for vehicle, in addition to your visual check and use of
the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience
while driving.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
•
Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
•
Your tires are over or under inflated.
•
Your tires or wheels are of varied size or construction.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Camera
Audio/Information Screen
Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.
Press the LaneWatch
button.
Pull the turn signal
lever back.
Press the LaneWatch
button again.
The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information screen.
The system activates when you:
The system deactivates when you:
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 513 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
514
Driving
■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
• Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the remaining Lane Watch
display time after you pull the turn signal lever back.
• Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
• Display: Adjusts display settings.
2 Customized Features P. 349
■ Reference Lines
Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 is farther away.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen look slightly
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift
lever is in
(R.
For proper LaneWatch operation:
•
The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
•
Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
•
Do not touch the camera lens.
2
3
1
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to
your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
•
The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
•
The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 514 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
515
uuWhen DrivinguReal Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
Driving
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
When the system senses a loss of front wheel traction, it automatically transfers
some power to the rear wheels. This allows you to utilize all available traction and
may increase mobility.
You still need to exercise the same care when accelerating, steering, and braking
that you would in a two wheel drive vehicle.
If you excessively spin all four wheels and overheat the AWD system, only the front
wheels receive power. Stop until the system cools down.
1Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control System
TM
*
NOTICE
Do not continuously spin the front tires of your
vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can
cause transmission or rear differential damage.
The AWD system may not function properly if tire
type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same
size and type of tire, and the air pressures as
specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 601
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 515 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
516
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on and a message to appear on the driver information interface
*
.
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.
Before calibrating the TPMS:
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.
2 Checking Tires P. 595
Make sure:
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• The shift lever is in
(P.
• The ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
TPMS Calibration
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 595
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
•
You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
•
You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
•
Snow chains are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
•
A compact spare tire is used.
•
There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires,
such as when towing a trailer, than the condition at
calibration.
•
Snow chains are used.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 516 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
517
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
Press and hold the TPMS button until the low
tire pressure/TPMS indicator blinks twice,
indicating the calibration process has begun.
• If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator does
not blink, confirm the above conditions
then press and hold the TPMS button again.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.
1TPMS Calibration
•
TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire is
installed.
•
The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-65 mph (48-105 km/h).
•
During calibration, if the ignition is turned off then
on again, and the vehicle is not moved within 45
seconds, the low tire pressure indicator may come
on briefly. This is normal and indicates that the
calibration process is not yet complete.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.
TPMS
Button
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Models with TPMS button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 517 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
518
Driving
1TPMS Calibration
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
, Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
*
, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, low tire
pressure/TPMS, Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
, and Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) may come on along with a message in the
Driver Information Interface after reconnecting the
battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph
(20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not,
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 518 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
519
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
You can calibrate the system from the
customized feature on the audio/information
screen.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
2. Select .
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Vehicle.
5. Select TPMS Calibration.
6. Select Cancel or Calibrate.
u When the calibration is complete, the
display returns to the customization
menu screen.
• If the Unable to initialize TPMS. message
appears, repeat steps 4-5.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Models with Display Audio
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 519 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
520
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
U.S. models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 520 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
521
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 521 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
522
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
■ To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
position the ignition switch
*1
is in.
Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently
and securely.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator comes on.
■ To release
The vehicle must be ON (w
*1
in order to
release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the electric parking brake switch.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator goes off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Parking Brake
1Braking
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
whirring sound from the engine compartment. This is
because the brake system is in operation, and it is
normal.
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
operating from the rear wheel area when you apply
or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 627
If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving, the brakes on all four wheels
are applied by the VSA
®
system until the vehicle
come to a stop. The electric parking brake then
applies, and the switch should be released.
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
•
When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
•
When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your
vehicle is stopped and the brake hold system is applied.
•
When the engine is turned off while the brake hold
system is applied.
•
When there is a problem with the brake hold
system while brake hold is applied.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 522 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
523
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ Automatic parking brake feature operation
If the automatic parking brake feature has been activated:
• The parking brake is applied automatically when you turn the ignition switch to
LOCK
(0
*1
.
• To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake and brake
system indicator is on.
2 Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature P. 524
■ To release automatically
Use the accelerator pedal to release the parking brake when you are starting the
vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator goes off.
The parking brake automatically releases as you depress the accelerator pedal when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The engine is running.
• The transmission is not in
(P or (N.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Parking Brake
• When the vehicle is stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with LSF is activated.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
LSF.
• When the engine is turned off while ACC with LSF
is activated.
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator
pedal may need to be pressed farther to
automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Brake system indicator
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator
Models with ACC with LSF
Accelerator Pedal
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 523 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBrakinguBrake System
524
Driving
■ Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature
With the ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
, carry out the following steps to either activate
or deactivate the automatic parking brake feature.
1. Shift the select lever to
(P.
2. Without depressing the brake pedal, pull up and release the parking brake switch.
u Check that the parking brake and brake system indicator has come on.
3. Pull up and hold the parking brake switch. When you hear a beeping sound,
release the switch and within 3 seconds pull up and hold the switch again.
4. When you hear a sound indicating that the procedure is completed, release the
switch.
u Two beeps indicates that the feature has been activated.
u One beep indicates that the feature has been deactivated.
u When you have completed activating the feature, the parking brake will
remain applied after you turn off the engine.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake and
brake system indicator is on.
If you need to temporarily deactivate the feature for when putting your vehicle
through a conveyor type car wash or when having your vehicle towed. You can
follow the procedure explained below.
1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a stop.
2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
and then within 2 seconds push down the
parking brake switch.
u Activation and deactivation settings for the feature will not be affected.
u Before temporarily deactivating the feature, make sure to first turn off both
ACC with LSF and the automatic brake hold system.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake and
brake system indicator is on.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Parking brake system
In cold climates, the parking brake may freeze in
place if applied.
When parking the vehicle, chock the wheels and
make sure the automatic parking brake feature is
deactivated.
Also, when putting your vehicle through a conveyor-
type car wash or when having your vehicle towed,
deactivate the automatic parking brake feature and
leave the parking brake released.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 524 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
525
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 529
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 528
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear/speed position. With manual transmission
use a lower gear for greater engine braking.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
Whenever the brakes are activated by CMBS
TM*
or
another system that automatically controls braking,
the brake pedal is depressed and released in
accordance with braking function.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 525 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBrakinguBrake System
526
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P
and applying the parking
brake.
■
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
engine. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The shift lever must
not be in
(P or (R.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake pedal
after the automatic
brake hold indicator
comes on.
■
Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the shift
lever is in a position
other than
(P or (N. The
brake hold is disengaged
and the vehicle starts to
move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
releases the brake
automatically.
Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
On
On
U.S.
Canada
Comes
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 526 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
527
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ The system automatically cancels when:
• You engage the parking brake.
• You depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever to
(P or (R.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The engine is turned off.
• There is a problem with automatic brake hold system.
■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
engine or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 540
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is
off.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation.
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 527 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
528
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.“
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
•
When tire chains are installed.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
•
Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while vehicle is
accelerates.
•
Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 528 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
529
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 529 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
530
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor
stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 536
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
Be careful not to have radar sensor cover strongly
impacted.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 530 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
531
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ How the system works
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in
front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system
determines there is a chance of a collision with:
- Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in
your same direction.
- A pedestrian who is detected in front of you.
●
Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines
there is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling
in your same direction.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
When to use
1How the system works
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 531 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
532
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/
information screen
*
setting options.
2 Customized Features P. 349
1How the system works
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 536
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops
if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 532 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
533
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The sensors detect a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a collision with
the vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and
audible alerts come on at a
longer distance from a vehicle
ahead than in Normal setting,
and in Short, at a shorter
distance than in Normal.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision has
increased, time to respond is
reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a
collision is unavoidable.
Forcefully applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
NORMAL
SHORTLONG
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 533 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
534
Driving
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the driver information
interface reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it off the last
time you drove the vehicle.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 536
When the CMBS
TM
is activated, it will continue to
operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially
depressed. However, it will be canceled if the
accelerator pedal is deeply depressed.
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF), Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM), Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, low tire
pressure/TPMS, Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
), and Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) may come on along with a message in the
Driver Information Interface after reconnecting the
battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph
(20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not,
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 534 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
535
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to radar
sensor area. This can impact CMBS
TM
operation.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g. the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
•
The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
•
You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
•
Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 535 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
536
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 477
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast on a snowy or wet roadway).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 536 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
537
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 537 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
538
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 538 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
539
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7
feet (2 meter) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they
are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
■ Automatic shutoff
CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and stays
on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,
cleaning), the system comes back on.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 539 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
540
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Move the shift lever from
(D to (P.
4. Turn off the engine.
u The parking brake and brake system indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an
incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the shift lever position indicator.
1When Stopped
After shutting off the engine, you may hear certain
noises coming from the vehicle. Here’s the lowdown:
•
Noise from Under Vehicle: This noise is caused by
the vacuum pump inside the fuel evaporation
leakage check module (ELCM).
Depending on conditions, the pump will come on for
about 15 minutes about 5 to 10 hours after engine
shutoff. This noise is just normal vehicle operation
and don’t indicate a vehicle problem.
1.5 L engine models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 540 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
541
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
Driving
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•
Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 541 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
542
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 542 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
543
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned
on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 545
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from
your vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect an approaching
vehicle, or may delay alerting you under the following
conditions:
•
An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
•
Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
•
A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
•
The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
•
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
•
When there is bad weather.
•
Your vehicle is on an incline.
•
Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
•
Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
•
The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 543 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
544
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information
screen.
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to when the
transmission is in
(R, mud snow or ice may have
accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in
(R,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in
(R, there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Wide ViewNormal View
Arrow Icon
Top Down View
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 544 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
545
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Camera.
4. Select Cross Traffic Monitor.
5. Select On or Off, then select OK.
The system can also be turned on and off on
the audio/information screen by pressing the
CTM icon.
■
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
Icon
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 545 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
546
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to a rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline
*
settings.
2 Customized Features P. 349
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you shift into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
*
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Guidelines
Bumper
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
Approx.
39 inches (1 m)
Approx.
20 inches (50 cm)
Tailgate Open
Range
Camera
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 546 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
547
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display.
Press the selector knob to switch the angle.
Touch the appropriate icon to switch the angle.
: Wide view
: Normal view
: Top down view
• If you were last using Wide view mode or Normal view mode, the same view
mode will be activated the next time you put the transmission into (R.
• If you were using Top down view mode before you turned off the power system,
Wide view mode will be activated the next time you set the power mode to ON
and put the transmission into
(R.
• If you were using Top down view mode and 10 seconds elapsed after you took
the transmission out of
(R, Wide view mode will be activated the next time you
put the transmission into (R.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
All models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 547 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
548
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 14 US gal (53 L)
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 548 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
549
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Continued
Driving
How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle
under the lower left corner of the
dashboard.
u The fuel fill door opens.
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only
service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of
smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon
fuel for other uses) or other non-service station
devices can damage the area in and around the filler
opening.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Pull
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 549 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
550
Driving
4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
P. 646
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 550 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
551
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information display
*
/driver information interface
*
.
• Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 570
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 Liter
Kilometers L per 100 km
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 551 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
552
Driving
Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
Handling Precautions
The turbocharger is a high-precision device to obtain greater horsepower by
delivering a large volume of compressed air into the engine using a turbine driven by
the engine's exhaust gas pressure.
• When the engine is cold just after starting, avoid revving the engine or sudden
acceleration.
• Always replace the engine oil and engine oil filter according to the Maintenance
Minder. The turbine rotates at very high speeds over 100,000 rpm and its
temperature reaches over 1,292°F (700°C). It is lubricated and cooled by engine
oil. If you fail to replace the engine oil and filter at the scheduled distance or
interval, deteriorated engine oil may cause failure such as sticking and abnormal
noise of the turbine bearing.
1Turbo Engine Vehicle
*
The scheduled maintenance intervals for replacing
the filter is indicated on the information display
*
/
driver information interface
*
. Follow the information
of when to replace them.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 557
The temperature gauge pointer is at the mark
when you restart the engine after driving under high
load conditions such as at high speed or in hilly
terrain. This is normal. The gauge goes down after
you idle or drive the vehicle for about one minute.
H
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 552 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
553
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 554
Safety When Performing Maintenance...555
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 556
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 557
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 567
Opening the Hood ........................... 569
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 570
Oil Check......................................... 571
Adding Engine Oil............................ 573
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...574
Engine Coolant................................ 577
Transmission Fluid............................ 581
Brake Fluid....................................... 582
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 583
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 584
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
... 591
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 595
Tire and Loading Information Label...... 596
Tire Labeling .................................... 596
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 598
Wear Indicators................................ 600
Tire Service Life ................................ 600
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 601
Tire Rotation.................................... 602
Winter Tires ..................................... 603
Battery............................................... 604
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 606
Climate Control System Maintenance .. 608
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 609
Exterior Care.................................... 611
Accessories and Modifications.......... 614
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 553 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
554
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.)
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 582
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 595
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 584
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 591
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the information display
*
/driver
information interface
*
.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 559, 564
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 658
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 554 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
555
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given
task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 555 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
556
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 556 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
557
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
Select the Maintenance Minder to see maintenance items that are due soon and to
see the percentage of life remaining in the engine oil.
When the engine oil life is less than 15%, a Maintenance Minder message will
appear every time you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, reminding you to bring
your vehicle to a dealer for service.
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w.
2. Press the (TRIP) knob repeatedly until
the engine oil life appears on the
information display.
The Maintenance Minder indicator ( ) stays
on in the instrument panel after the engine oil
life becomes 0%. Have the indicated
maintenance done by a dealer immediately.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Models with information display
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 559
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 557 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
558
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To switch the display, press the (TRIP) knob.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Information Display
Oil Life Display Explanation Information Maintenance Minder
Indicator
When you select the
Maintenance Minder screen, it
displays codes for maintenance
items due at the next engine oil
change, along with the
percentage of engine oil life
remaining.
—
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the ignition switch
to ON, then goes off.
The engine oil life indicator starts
to appear along with other due-
soon maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life drops
to 15 percent.
The engine oil is approaching the
end of its service life.
Starts to come on when the
remaining engine oil life drops to
15 percent.
It goes off when the display is
switched.
The remaining engine oil has
passed its service life, and a
negative distance appears after
driving over 10 miles (U.S.
models) or 10 km (Canadian
models). The negative distance
on the display blinks.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced
immediately.
Stays on as a reminder even
when the display is switched.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 558 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
559
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
Sub ItemsMain Item
U.S. models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder indicator does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system
#
• Fuel lines and connections
#
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
6
●
Replace rear differential fluid
7
●
Replace brake fluid
*5
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 559 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
560
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Inspect idle speed every 256,000 km (160,000
miles).
•
Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3
if they are noisy.
Canadian models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder indicator does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed every 40,000 km (25,000 miles).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
0
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
6
●
Replace rear differential fluid
7
●
Replace brake fluid
*5
9
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system
#
• Fuel lines and connections
#
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 560 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
561
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
Reset the Maintenance Minder display if you have performed the maintenance
service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w and have
the vehicle at a complete stop.
2. Display the Maintenance Minder by
repeatedly pressing the (TRIP) knob.
3. Press and hold the knob for 10 seconds
or more.
u The display will blink to show it is in reset
mode.
4. Rotate the knob to select the item you
wish to reset.
u Reset the selected item by pushing the
knob for five seconds or more.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display after completing the required maintenance
service. If someone other than a dealer performs
maintenance service, reset the Maintenance
Minder
TM
display yourself.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 561 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
562
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Certain maintenance items due soon, along with the estimated remaining oil life,
appear on the driver information interface.
You can view them on the Maintenance Minder screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the button several times until is displayed.
3. Press ENTER to go to the Maintenance Minder screen. The engine oil life appears
on the driver information interface along with maintenance items due soon.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Models with driver information interface
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 564
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
Sub Item
Engine Oil Life
Main ItemENTER Button
Button
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 562 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
563
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver Information
Interface
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
—
When you select the Maintenance
Minder screen, it displays codes for
maintenance items due at the next
engine oil change, along with the
percentage of engine oil life
remaining.
—
Maintenance Due Soon The engine oil life indicator starts to
appear along with other due-soon
maintenance item codes when the
remaining oil life drops to 15 percent.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life.
Maintenance Due Now
The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the button to
switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due
The engine oil has passed its service
life, and a negative distance appears
after driving over 10 miles (U.S.
models) or 10 km (Canadian models).
The negative distance on the display
blinks.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 563 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
564
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub ItemsMain Item
U.S. models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system
#
• Fuel lines and connections
#
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
6
●
Replace rear differential fluid
7
●
Replace brake fluid
*5
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 564 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
565
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Inspect idle speed every 256,000 km (160,000
miles).
•
Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3
if they are noisy.
Canadian models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed every 40,000 km (25,000 miles).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
0
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
6
●
Replace rear differential fluid
7
●
Replace brake fluid
*5
9
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Exhaust system
#
• Fuel lines and connections
#
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 565 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
566
Maintenance
Reset the Maintenance Minder display if you have performed the maintenance
service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the (display/information) button repeatedly until the appears.
3. Press the ENTER button.
4. Press and hold the ENTER button for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode.
5. Press / to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All Due Items
(You can also select Cancel to end the process).
6. Press the ENTER button to reset the selected item.
7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display after completing the required maintenance
service. If someone other than a dealer performs
maintenance service, reset the Maintenance
Minder
TM
display yourself.
You can also reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
using the audio/information screen.
2 How to customize P. 356
ENTER Button
(Display/Information) Button
3
4
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 566 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
567
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
1.5 L engine models
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Radiator Cap
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 567 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
568
uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood
Maintenance
2.4 L engine models
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Radiator Cap
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 568 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
569
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center) to
the side and raise the hood. Once you have
raised the hood slightly, you can release the
lever.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
3
WARNING
The hood support rod can become very hot
due to heat from the engine.
To ensure against possible burns, do not
handle the metal section of the rod:
Use the foam grip instead.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 569 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
570
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 570 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
571
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Continued
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
1.5 L engine models
2.4 L engine models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 571 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
572
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1.5 L engine models
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
2.4 L engine models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 572 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
1Oil Check
Under certain driving conditions, it is normal for the
engine oil level to rise above the upper mark. If you
have a concern, consult a dealer for details.
573
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil may
result in leaks
and engine damage.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
1.5 L engine models
2.4 L engine models
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 573 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
574
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Specialized equipment and procedures are required to change the engine oil and oil
filter. Have an authorized Honda dealer replace them.
Do not attempt to change the engine oil and oil filter yourself.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the
information display
*
/driver information interface
*
.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the phillips head screws and
slotted head screws by turning 90°
counterclockwise on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
1.5 L engine models
Screw Under Cover
2.4 L engine models
Screw
Under Cover
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 574 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
575
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1.5 L engine models
Drain Bolt
Washer
2.4 L engine models
Drain Bolt
Washer
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 575 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
576
Maintenance
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter gasket.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including filter):
3.7 US qt (3.5 L)
4.7 US qt (4.4 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and
then check the oil level on the dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
13. Reinstall the under cover in the same order
it was removed.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Be sure to verify that the oil filter is designed for your
vehicle. A genuine Honda oil filter is recommended
for optimum lubrication flow and filtration properties
to assure the reliability of the engine.
1.5 L engine models
Oil Filter
2.4 L engine models
Oil Filter
1.5 L engine models
2.4 L engine models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 576 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
577
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Checking the Coolant
1.5 L engine models
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below
this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant
should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use
another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or
fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with
Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
3
WARNING
Removing the reserve tank cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the reserve tank
cap.
Reserve Tank
MAX MIN
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 577 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
578
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Turn the reserve tank cap 1/8 turn
counterclockwise and relieve any pressure
in the coolant system.
3. Push down and turn the reserve tank cap
counter-clockwise to remove it.
4. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark.
5. Put the reserve tank cap back on, and
tighten it fully.
■
Adding the Coolant
1Adding the Coolant
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Reserve Tank
Cap
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 578 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
579
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
2.4 L engine models
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below
this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant
should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use
another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or
fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with
Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 579 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
580
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn
counterclockwise and relieve any pressure
in the coolant system.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Radiator Cap
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 580 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
581
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the continuously variable transmission fluid
yourself.
■
Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid
1Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix HCF-2 with other transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than HCF-2 may
adversely affect the operation and durability of your
vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to HCF-2 is not covered by Honda’s
new vehicle limited warranty.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 581 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
582
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
Reserve tank
MIN
MAX
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 582 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
583
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the driver information interface.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Canadian models with driver information interface
All models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 583 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
584
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type)
*
High beam headlight: LED type
*
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)
*
Low beam headlight: LED type
*
■
High Beam Headlights
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Models with halogen headlights
Models with LED headlights
Coupler
Bulb
Tab
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 584 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
585
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
Maintenance
1. Remove the holding clip using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then remove the upper part of
the window washer reserve tank.
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise.
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
■
Low Beam Headlights
1Low Beam Headlights
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center
pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Holding clip
Center pin
Push until the
pin is flat.
Holding clip
Passenger side
Coupler
Bulb
Tab
Both side
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 585 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
586
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
Fog Light Bulbs
*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head
screwdriver and remove the holding clips
using a flat-tip screwdriver.
2. Pull down the under cover.
Fog Light: 35 W (H8 for halogen bulb type)
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Screw
Holding clip
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 586 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
587
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
4. Rotate the old bulb clockwise to remove.
5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it counter-clockwise.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
4. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it clockwise.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center
pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Holding clip
Bulb
Tab
Coupler
Right side
Bulb
Coupler
Tab
Left side
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 587 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
588
uuReplacing Light BulbsuParking/Daytime Running Lights
Maintenance
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal/Front Side Marker Lights
Front turn signal lights/front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized
Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
*
Side turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Brake/Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and Rear Side
Marker Lights
Brake/taillight, rear turn signal light and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have
an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 588 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
589
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillight and Back-Up Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Taillight and Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge
using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.
Taillight: LED
Back-Up Light: 16W
1Taillight and Back-Up Light Bulbs
Taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Cover
Bulb
Socket
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 589 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
590
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light
Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 590 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
591
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the holder
off the wiper arm.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
Tab
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 591 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
592
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
3. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
unfastens from the holder’s end cap.
4. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite
direction to slide it out of the holder.
5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
6. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then
push down the lock tab.
7. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
End Cap At
The Bottom
Blade
Holder
Holder
Blade
Cap
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 592 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
593
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Pivot the bottom end of the holder up until
it comes off from the wiper arm.
3. Slide the blade out of the holder.
4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
rear window.
Wiper Arm
Blade
Retainer
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 593 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
594
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
Holder
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 594 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
595
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi
(10–20 kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 600
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must
calibrate the TPMS.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
P. 516
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before
long trips.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 595 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
596
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P235/60 R18 102T
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
102: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 596 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
597
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 597 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
598
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 598 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
599
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 599 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
600
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 600 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
601
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire‘s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 601 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
602
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display
*
/
driver information interface
*
helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire
life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
TPMS.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
P. 516
Front
Direction Mark
Front
Front
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 602 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
603
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow
tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles
when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC RADIAL CHAIN TC2111MM
Cable-type: SCC RADIAL CHAIN TC2212MM
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
Models with 235/65R17 tires
Models with 235/60R18 tires
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 603 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
604
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the driver information interface will display a
warning message. If this happens, have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 232
• The clock resets
*
.
2 Clock P. 130
• Canadian models only: The immobilizer system needs to be reset.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 90
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 604 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
605
uuBatteryuCharging the Battery
Maintenance
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Battery
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
, Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
*
, Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF,
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
,
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS, and Parking Brake and Brake
System (Amber) may come on along with a message
in the Driver Information Interface
*
when you turn
the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
after re-connecting
the battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph
(20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not,
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 605 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
606
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillips-
head screwdriver.
2. Open the remote transmitter.
u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratching the
transmitter.
3. Remove the button battery with the small
flat-tip screwdriver.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Master Keys with Remote Transmitter
*
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Screw
Battery type: CR1620
Battery
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 606 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
607
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Maintenance
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Smart Entry Remote
*
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 607 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
608
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Climate Control System Maintenance
NOTICE
Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
evaporator with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
proper procedures are not followed.
Air conditioner label is found under the hood:
2 Safety Labels P. 77
2 Specifications P. 648
Canadian models
Caution
Flammable Refrigerant
Requires Registered
Technician to Service
Air Conditioning
System
:
:
:
:
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 608 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
609
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the loops of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or
cause a fire inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Loop
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera
*
and the rainfall/light sensor
*
.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 609 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
610
Maintenance
The driver's floor mat hooks over floor
anchors, which keep them from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 610 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
611
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.
Air Intake Vents
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 611 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
612
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 612 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
613
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 613 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
614
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 640
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability,
or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any
modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet
federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle's electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 614 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
615
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools.................................. 616
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 617
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 624
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is
Weak..........................................625
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 626
Jump Starting.................................... 627
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 630
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 631
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On................................................ 634
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 634
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 635
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks ....................................... 636
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake
System Indicator (Amber) Comes On ..... 637
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On........................... 638
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 639
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 640
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 643
Emergency Towing........................... 644
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
..645
Refueling
.................................................646
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 615 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
617
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare
tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface, and apply the parking
brake.
2. Move the shift lever to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Changing a Flat Tire
Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 617 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
618
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2. Take the tool bag out of the cargo area.
Take the wheel nut wrench and jack handle
bar out of the tool bag.
3. Take the jack out of the spare tire area.
4. Unscrew the wing bolt and remove the
spacer cone. Then remove the spare tire.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Tool Bag
Spare Tire
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 618 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
619
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Place a wheel block or rock in the front and
rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
6. Place the compact spare tire under the
vehicle body (wheel side up) near the tire
that needs to be replaced.
7. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 619 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
620
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise (as shown
in image) until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may
not support the weight (“load”) or their shape may
not match.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•
Do not use while the engine is running.
•
Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•
Use only at the jacking points.
•
Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and
can seriously injure the occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before
driving.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 620 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Continued
621
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 621 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
622
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Remove the cargo area lid as shown.
3. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
4. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
5. Securely store the wheel nut wrench and
jack handle bar back in the tool bag. Store
the bag in the cargo area properly.
6. Store the jack in its holder. Turn the jack’s
end bracket to lock it in place.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Center Cap
Lid
Spacer Cone
Wing
Bolt
For compact spare tire
For full-size tire
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 622 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
623
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressures Low
appears on the driver information interface
*
, but this is normal.
Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 516
■
TPMS and the Spare Tire
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 623 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
624
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the driver information interface
*
.
●
If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 625
uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 170
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
●
If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 604
●
If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 640
The starter turns over normally,
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with a
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 458
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 159
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2Fuel Gauge P. 116
Check the fuses.
Check all fuses or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 643
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 644
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 627
Models with smart entry system
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 624 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
625
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface; and the ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes and the engine will not start. Start the engine as follows:
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the smart
entry remote while the ENGINE START/
STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the smart entry remote
should be facing you.
u The ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes for about 30 seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
from flashing to on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
Models with smart entry system
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 625 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
626
uu
Engine Does Not Start
u
Emergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, change the shift lever to
(P after the vehicle
comes to a complete stop.
Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake
pedal.
Models with smart entry system
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine
to be switched off.
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving, the beeper sounds.
Canadian models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 626 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
627
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as the audio and lights. Turn off the
engine, then open the hood.
1. Open the terminal cover on your vehicle’s
battery positive + terminal.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15
volts. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
+ Terminal
Booster Battery
1.5 L engine models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 627 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
628
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine hanger (as
shown). Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
2.4 L engine models
Booster Battery
1.5 L engine models
2.4 L engine models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 628 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
629
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
1What to Do After the Engine Starts
The indicators for the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
*
, Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
*
, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, Collision
Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
, low tire
pressure/TPMS, and Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) may come on along with a message in the
Driver Information Interface
*
when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
after reconnecting the
battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/
h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 629 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
630
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot (as shown in image) and remove
the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button, and place the shift
lever into
(N.
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■
Releasing the Lock
Slot
Cover
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
Release Button
Shift Lock Release Slot
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 630 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
631
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears on
the driver information interface.
*
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the mark may damage the engine.
Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When
Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on
the driver information interface
*
may damage the
engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 631 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
632
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle goes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level, and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level, in the reserve tank is
low, or no coolant in the tank, check that
the radiator is cool. Cover the reserve
tank cap with a heavy cloth and open the
cap. Add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark and put the cap back on.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the reserve tank cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the reserve tank
cap.
1.5 L engine models
Reserve
Tank
MAX MIN
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 632 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
633
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
Handling the Unexpected
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle goes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it, and check the temperature
gauge.
If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the reserve tank cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the reserve tank
cap.
2.4 L engine models
Reserve
Tank
MAX MIN
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 633 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
634
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 571
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems. Immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 634 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
635
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 635 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
636
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
■ Reason for the indicator to blink
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 637
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 636 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
637
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the
Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
■ If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the
same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
release the parking brake manually or automatically.
2 Parking Brake P. 522
• If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at
the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer
immediately.
u Preventing the vehicle from moving
Move the shift lever to
(P.
• If the brake system indicator (amber) comes on alone, avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
1
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able
to release it.
If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake
system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,
the parking brake is working.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work because it is
checking the system.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 637 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
638
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 638 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
639
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully avoiding abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 516
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator will go off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
u Calibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 516
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 639 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
640
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
Audio AMP
*2
(30 A)
−
*3
−
Electric Brake Booster 40 A
Main Fan Motor 30 A
Relay Module 1 30 A
IG Main 2
*2
30 A
−
*3
−
Relay Module 2 30 A
Battery 125 A
2
EPS 70 A
IG Main 1
30 A
*2
50 A
*3
Fuse Box Option 40 A
Fuse Box 1 60 A
Front Wiper Motor 30 A
Sub Fan Motor 30 A
3
Rear Defroster 40 A
Starter Motor 30 A
Fuse Box 2 40 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
ABS/VSA FSR 40 A
Blower Motor 40 A
*1:Models with the smart entry system have
an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Models with smart entry system
*3:Models without smart entry system
4
Option Block 1
*2
(40 A)
−
*3
−
Option Block 2
*2
(40 A)
−
*3
−
− −
Power Tail Gate
*2
(40 A)
−
*3
−
5
VB ACT
*2
7.5 A
−
*3
−
6 Washer 15 A
7 FI Main 15 A
8
FI Sub
*2
15 A
DBW
*3
9 Stop Lights 10 A
10 Injector 20 A
11 LAF 7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 640 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
641
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Circuit Protected Amps
12
FI ECU
*1
10 A
−
*2
−
13
Front Wiper Deicer
*1
(15 A)
−
*2
−
14 Hazard 10 A
15 IG Coil 15 A
16
Transmission
*1
15 A
−
*2
−
17 − −
18 Back Up 10 A
19 Audio 15 A
20 E-DPS
*
(20 A)
21
Rear Seat Heater
*1
(20 A)
−
*2
−
22
Front Fog Lights
*
/Lower
Shutter Grille
(15 A)
23
Magnetic Clutch/Upper
Shutter Grille
10 A
24 Horn 10 A
25 Cooling Fan 7.5 A
26 − −
27 − −
28
−
*1
−
ST Magnetic Switch
*2
(7.5 A)
29 − −
30 − −
*1:Models with smart entry system
*2:Models without smart entry system
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the steering column lower cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Fuse Box
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 641 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
642
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Accessory 10 A
2 Key Lock 5 A
3 Option 3 10 A
4
Option 2
*1
5 A
Transmission
*2
(10 A)
5 Option 10 A
6 SRS Indicator 10 A
7 Meter 10 A
8 Fuel Pump 15 A
9 A/C 10 A
10
Accessory Power Socket
(Center Console)
(20 A)
11 Engine Control 5 A
12 Passenger's Side Door Lock 10 A
13 Driver's Side Door Unlock 10 A
14
Rear Driver's Side Power
Window
20 A
15
Front Passenger's Side
Power Window
20 A
16 Door Lock 20 A
17
Transmission
*1
Option 2
*2
(10 A)
5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
18
Front Driver's Lumber
support
*
(10 A)
19 Moonroof
*
(20 A)
20 Starter 10 A
21 ACG 10 A
22 Daytime Running Light 10 A
23 Steering Wheel Heater
*
(10 A)
24 Option 5 A
25 Driver's Door Lock (10 A)
26
Passenger's Side Door
Unlock
10 A
27
Rear Passenger's Side
Power Window
20 A
28 Driver's Power Window 20 A
29
Front Accessory Power
Socket
20 A
30
Smart Entry
*1
STS
*2
10 A
5 A
31
Driver's Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
32 Front Seat Heater
*
(20 A)
33 Driver's Power Seat Sliding
*
(20 A)
34 ABS/VSA 10 A
35 SRS 10 A
36 HAC Option
*
20 A
37 Trailer
*
15 A
38 Driver's Side Door Lock 10 A
*1:Models with smart entry system
*2:Models without smart entry system
39 Driver's Door Unlock (10 A)
a Power Tailgate Closer
*
(20 A)
b
Passenger's Power Seat
Sliding
*
(20 A)
c
Passenger's Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
d Panorama Shade Motor (20 A)
e Rear Blower (20 A)
f EPT L (20 A)
g EPT R (20 A)
h
Accessory Power Socket
(Cargo Area)
(20 A)
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 642 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
643
uu
Fuses
u
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller, and replace it with a new
one.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
conform the specific amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 640
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 643 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
644
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■ Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
Improper towing, such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
Make sure the parking brake is released. If you
cannot release the parking brake, your vehicle must
be transported by the flat bed equipment.
2 Parking Brake P. 522
All models
2WD models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 644 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
645
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure:
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the inside of the tailgate.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while pushing the lever to the right using a
flat-tip screw driver.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
1When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Cover
Lever
Models with power tailgate
Screwdriver
Models without power tailgate
Lever
Screwdriver
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 645 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
646
Handling the Unexpected
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to
make it pop up slightly.
u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the
cargo area.
2 Types of Tools P. 616
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Funnel
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 646 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
647
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 648
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number ......................................... 650
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 652
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 653
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 654
Warranty Coverages ........................ 656
Authorized Manuals......................... 658
Customer Service Information......... 659
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 647 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
648
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
Model CR-V
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
See the certification label on the driver's
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver's
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver's
doorjamb
■ Air Conditioning
*1: 2.4 L engine models
*2: 1.5 L engine models
■ Engine Specifications
*1: 2.4 L engine models
*2: 1.5 L engine models
■ Fuel
■ Washer Fluid
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Charge Quantity
14.6 – 16.4 oz (415 – 465 g)
*1
15.3 – 17.1 oz (435 – 485 g)
*2
Lubricant Type
RB100EV-01
*1
RL85HM (POE)
*2
Quantity
5.80 - 6.53 cu-in (95 - 107 cm
3
)
*1
4.70 - 6.28 cu-in (77 – 103 cm
3
)
*2
Displacement
143.72 cu-in (2,356 cm
3
)
*1
91.38 cu-in (1,498 cm
3
)
*2
Spark Plugs
NGK
DILKAR7H11GS
*1
DILKAR7G11GS
*1
ILZKAR8J8SY
*2
DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S
*1
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 14 US gal (53 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 L)
■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam)
55 W (H11)
*
LED
*
Headlights (High Beam)
60 W (HB3)
*
LED
*
Fog Lights
*
35 W (H8)
Front Turn Signal/
Front Side Marker Lights
LED
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
*
LED
Tail and Brake/Rear Turn Signal/
Rear Side Marker Lights
LED
Back-Up Lights 16 W
Taillights LED
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Interior Lights
Map Lights
8 W
*
LED
*
Ceiling Light
8 W
*
LED
*
Cargo Area Lights 5 W
Vanity Mirror Lights
*
1.4 W
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 648 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
649
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake Fluid
■ Continuously Variable Transmission
Fluid
*1: 2WD models
*2: AWD models
■ Rear Differential Fluid
*
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda HCF-2
Capacity Change
3.9 US qt (3.7 L)
*1
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
*2
Specified Honda DPSF-II
Capacity Change 1.32 US qt (1.247 L)
■ Engine Oil
*1: 2.4 L engine models
*2: 1.5 L engine models
■ Engine Coolant
*1: 2.4 L engine models
*2: 1.5 L engine models
Recommended
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change
4.4 US qt (4.2 L)
*1
3.4 US qt (3.2 L)
*2
Change including
filter
4.7 US qt (4.4 L)
*1
3.7 US qt (3.5 L)
*2
Specified Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.65 US gal (6.24 L)
*1
1.64 US gal (6.19 L)
*2
(change including the remaining 0.17 US gal
(0.65 L) in the reserve tank)
*1
(change including the remaining 0.2 US gal
(0.75 L) in the reserve tank)
*2
■ Tire
*1: Models with 17 inch wheel
*2: Models with 18 inch wheel
Regular
Size
*1
235/65R17 104H
Pressure
*1
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
Front 32 (220 [2.2])
Rear 30 (210 [2.1])
Size
*2
235/60R18 103H
Pressure
*2
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
Front 33 (230 [2.3])
Rear 30 (210 [2.1])
Compact
Spare
Size T155/90D17 112M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
17 x 7 1/2J
*1
18 x 7 1/2J
*2
Compact Spare 17 x 4T
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 649 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
650
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are
shown as follows:
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
1.5 L engine models
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Continuously Variable
Transmission Number
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 650 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
651
uuIdentification NumbersuVehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number
Information
2.4 L engine models
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Continuously Variable
Transmission Number
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 651 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
652
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements and
standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 652 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
653
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 653 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
654
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle's emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 654 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
655
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 655 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
656
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 656 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
657
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: complianc[email protected]v
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 657 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
658
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 658 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
659
Continued
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda Client
Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 100-5E-8A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number P. 650
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 659 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
660
uuCustomer Service Informationu
Information
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com
<http://www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or
cellular data network.
■
Disclaimer of Pandora®
*
Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying tracks, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at
http:// www.pandora.com
<http://www.pandora.com/>. Pandora,
the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.
* Not available on all models
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 660 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
Index
661
Index
Index
Numbers
4WD .......................................................... 515
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 528
Accessories and Modifications ................ 614
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 215
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 479
Adding the Coolant ................................. 578
Additives
Coolant .......................................... 577, 579
Engine Oil ............................................... 570
Washer ................................................... 583
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 570
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 204
Front Seats.............................................. 195
Head Restraints....................................... 201
Mirrors.................................................... 193
Rear Seats............................................... 199
Steering Wheel ....................................... 192
Temperature ................................... 119, 126
Adjusting the Sound........................ 242, 280
Agile Handling Assist............................... 509
Air Conditioning System (Climate
Control System)........................................ 224
Changing the Mode................................ 225
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 225
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 608
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 225
Sensor ..................................................... 228
Synchronized Mode................................. 227
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 224
Air Pressure ....................................... 596, 649
Airbags ........................................................ 49
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 55
Airbag Care............................................... 62
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 52
Indicator.............................................. 60, 85
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 61
Sensors...................................................... 49
Side Airbags .............................................. 56
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............................ 515
AM/FM Radio .................................... 244, 287
Android Auto
TM
........................................ 323
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 528
Indicator.................................................... 85
Apple CarPlay
TM
........................................ 320
Armrest ..................................................... 204
Audio Remote Controls............................ 233
Audio System ............................ 230, 237, 258
Adjusting the Sound........................ 242, 280
AM/FM Radio .................................. 244, 287
Android Auto
TM
....................................... 323
Apple CarPlay
TM
....................................... 320
Audio/Information Screen ................ 238, 259
Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout .. 263
Changing the Screen Interface ................ 277
Closing Apps........................................... 279
Customizing the Meter............................ 264
Display Setup .................................. 243, 281
Error Messages........................................ 327
General Information ................................ 332
Home Screen........................................... 270
HondaLink®............................................. 312
How to use Siri ® Eyes Free .............. 257, 319
iPod ................................................ 246, 298
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 282
Menu Customize..................................... 278
MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 251, 307
Pandora®......................................... 249, 305
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 254, 310
Playing SiriusXM® Radio .......................... 291
Reactivating ............................................ 232
Recommended Devices............................ 333
Remote Controls ..................................... 233
Security Code.......................................... 232
Selecting an Audio Source....................... 282
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) ............................. 301
Status Area ............................................. 276
Theft Protection ...................................... 232
USB Flash Drives...................... 251, 307, 333
USB Port(s) .............................................. 231
Voice Control Operation.......................... 283
Wallpaper Setup.............................. 240, 268
Wi-Fi Connection .................................... 317
Audio/Information Screen ............... 238, 259
Authorized Manuals ................................ 658
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 661 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
662
Index
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 144
Customize ............................................... 145
Auto High-Beam System .......................... 179
Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 526
Indicator............................................ 82, 526
Automatic Intermittent Wipers ............... 184
Automatic Lighting .................................. 176
Average Fuel Economy..................... 118, 122
Average Speed.......................................... 122
AWD (All-Wheel Drive) ............................ 515
B
Battery....................................................... 604
Charging System Indicator ................. 83, 634
Jump Starting .......................................... 627
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 604
Maintenance (Replacing).......................... 606
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 40
Beverage Holders...................................... 213
Blind spot information (BSI) System........ 510
Indicator.................................................... 91
Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 254, 310
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ............. 385, 408
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 75
Brake System............................................. 522
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 528
Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 526
Brake Assist System ................................. 529
Fluid ........................................................ 582
Foot Brake ............................................... 525
Indicator (Red)........................... 80, 636, 637
Parking Brake .......................................... 522
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 186
Bulb Replacement .................................... 584
Brake/Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and
Rear Side Marker Lights ......................... 588
Fog Lights ............................................... 586
Front Turn Signal/ Front Side Marker
Lights .................................................... 588
Headlights............................................... 584
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 590
Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 588
Rear License Plate Light ........................... 590
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights .................................................... 588
Taillight and Back-Up Lights .................... 589
Bulb Specifications ................................... 648
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 76
Cargo Hooks ............................................. 218
Carrying Cargo ................................. 447, 449
Certification Label.................................... 650
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 584
Charging System Indicator................. 83, 634
Child Safety................................................. 63
Childproof Door Locks............................. 143
Child Seat.................................................... 63
Booster Seats ............................................ 75
Child Seat for Infants................................. 65
Child Seat for Small Children .................... 66
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 71
Larger Children ......................................... 74
Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 65
Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 67
Childproof Door Locks............................. 143
Cleaning the Exterior............................... 611
Cleaning the Interior ............................... 609
Climate Control System ........................... 224
Changing the Mode................................ 224
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 225
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 608
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 225
Sensors ................................................... 228
Synchronization Mode ............................ 227
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 224
Clock ......................................................... 130
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
) ................................................ 530
Coat Hook ................................................ 217
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 530
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 617, 649
Compass.................................................... 442
Continuously Variable Transmission....... 466
Creeping................................................. 466
Fluid ....................................................... 581
Kickdown ............................................... 466
Operating the Shift Lever .................. 23, 468
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 662 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
663
Index
Shift Lever Does Not Move...................... 630
Shifting................................................... 467
Controls .................................................... 129
Coolant (Engine) .............................. 577, 579
Adding the Coolant ................................ 578
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 580
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 579
Overheating............................................ 631
Creeping (Continuously Variable
Transmission).......................................... 466
Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 542
Cruise Control .................................. 470, 473
Indicator ................................................... 92
Cup Holders.............................................. 213
Customer Service Information ................ 659
Customized Features ............................... 349
Customizing the Auto Door Locking/
Unlocking Setting .................................. 145
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 182
Dead Battery ............................................ 627
Defaulting All the Settings...................... 381
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows................................................. 225
Detachable Anchor .................................... 46
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 652
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 175
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 193
Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. 571
Directional Signals (Turn Signals) ............ 174
Display Setup .................................... 243, 281
Display/Information Button ..................... 120
Door Mirrors ............................................. 194
Doors ......................................................... 132
Auto Door Locking .................................. 144
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 144
Door Open Indicator............................ 38, 87
Keys ........................................................ 132
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside..................................................... 142
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 135
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 141
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 598
Driver Information Interface ................... 120
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 195
Driving....................................................... 445
Braking.................................................... 522
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 466
Cruise Control ................................. 470, 473
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 456
Shifting Gear ........................................... 467
Starting the Engine .......................... 458, 460
Driving Position Memory System............. 190
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 608
E
Eco Assist® System ........................................ 9
ECON Button ............................................ 469
Elapsed Time............................................. 122
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 87, 638
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 507
Emergency ................................................ 644
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 654
Engine
Coolant........................................... 577, 579
Jump Starting.......................................... 627
Number................................................... 650
Oil........................................................... 570
Starting........................................... 458, 460
Switch Buzzer.................................. 169, 172
Engine Coolant................................. 577, 579
Adding the Coolant................................. 578
Adding to the Radiator............................ 580
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 579
Overheating ............................................ 631
Temperature Gauge ................................ 116
Engine Oil ................................................. 570
Adding.................................................... 573
Checking................................................. 571
Displaying Oil Life............................ 557, 562
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 83, 634
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 570
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 170
EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ...... 638
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 76
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 663 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
664
Index
Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 611
Exterior Mirrors......................................... 194
F
Features..................................................... 229
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 608
Oil ........................................................... 574
Flat Tire ..................................................... 617
Floor Mats ................................................. 610
Fluids
Brake....................................................... 582
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 581
Engine Coolant................................ 577, 579
Windshield Washer.................................. 583
FM/AM Radio .................................... 244, 287
Fog Light Indicator ..................................... 90
Folding Down the Rear Seats................... 199
Foot Brake................................................. 525
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 52
Front Seat Heaters.................................... 221
Front Seats ................................................ 195
Adjusting................................................. 195
Front Sensor Camera ................................ 477
Fuel...................................................... 25, 548
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions............. 551
Gauge ..................................................... 116
Instant Fuel Economy....................... 118, 126
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85
Range.............................................. 118, 122
Recommendation .................................... 548
Refueling................................................. 548
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions ............ 551
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 25, 549
Fuses.......................................................... 640
Inspecting and Changing......................... 643
Locations......................................... 640, 641
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions ............ 551
Gauge..................................................... 116
Information ............................................. 548
Instant Fuel Economy ...................... 118, 126
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85
Refueling................................................. 548
Gauges ...................................................... 116
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Continuously Variable Transmission......... 467
Glass (care)........................................ 609, 612
Glove Box.................................................. 209
H
Handling the Unexpected........................ 615
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 385, 408
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History ............................. 398, 421
Caller’s ID Information............................. 396
Displaying Messages................................ 436
HFL Buttons .................................... 385, 408
HFL Menus...................................... 387, 411
HFL Status Display........................... 386, 410
In Case of Emergency ............................. 440
Limitations for Manual Operation.... 386, 410
Making a Call ................................. 402, 429
Options During a Call...................... 407, 433
Phone Setup ................................... 391, 416
Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 425
Receiving a Call............................... 406, 432
Receiving a Text Message/E-mail ............. 434
Ring Tone ....................................... 396, 420
Selecting a Mail Account......................... 435
Speed Dial ...................................... 399, 422
To Clear the System ................................ 397
To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options .. 419
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
HD Radio
TM
............................................... 287
Head Restraints ........................................ 201
Headlights ................................................ 175
Aiming.................................................... 584
Auto High-Beam System ......................... 179
Automatic Operation .............................. 176
Dimming................................................. 175
Operating ............................................... 175
Heated Door Mirror Button .................... 188
Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 220
Heated Windshield Button...................... 189
Heaters (Front Seat)................................. 221
Heaters (Seat)........................................... 222
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 664 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
665
Index
Heating and Cooling System
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 608
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) ...................... 385, 408
High Beam Indicator.................................. 89
Hill Start Assist System..................... 459, 464
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 382
Honda App License Agreement .............. 334
Honda Sensing® ......................................... 26
HondaLink® .............................................. 312
I
Identification Numbers............................ 650
Engine and Transmission......................... 650
Vehicle Identification............................... 650
Ignition Switch ......................................... 169
Illumination Control ................................ 186
Knob ...................................................... 186
Immobilizer System.................................. 159
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 90
Indicators.................................................... 80
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) .................... 96, 97, 479
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 85
Automatic Brake Hold....................... 82, 526
Blind spot information (BSI)............... 91, 511
Brake Depressing ...................................... 93
Charging System............................... 83, 634
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) .................................. 98, 99, 100
Cruise Control .......................... 92, 471, 474
Cruise Main............................... 92, 470, 473
Door Open .......................................... 38, 87
ECON Mode ...................................... 92, 469
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 87, 638
Fog Light ................................................... 90
High Beam ................................................ 89
Immobilizer System.................................... 90
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ............ 98
Lights On................................................... 89
Low Fuel.................................................... 85
Low Oil Pressure ................................ 83, 634
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 88, 520
Maintenance Minder ......................... 92, 557
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 83, 635
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) ............................................. 81, 82
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Red)........................................ 80, 636, 637
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).. 94, 95, 96
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 42, 84
Security System Alarm ............................... 91
Shift Lever Position .................................... 84
Starter System ........................................... 93
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 60, 85
System Message ........................................ 89
Tailgate Open............................................ 87
Transmission.............................................. 84
Turn Signal ................................................ 89
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System............................................. 86, 507
VSA® OFF .......................................... 86, 508
Information .............................................. 647
Information Display ................................. 117
Instant Fuel Economy....................... 118, 126
Instrument Panel........................................ 79
Brightness Control................................... 186
Interior Lights........................................... 205
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 193
iPod ................................................... 246, 298
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 620
Jump Starting ........................................... 627
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 133
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 141
Keys........................................................... 132
Lockout Prevention.................................. 141
Master Keys ............................................ 132
Number Tag............................................ 133
Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 143
Remote Transmitter................................. 139
Types and Functions................................ 132
Valet Key................................................. 133
Won’t Turn ............................................... 29
Kickdown (Continuously Variable
Transmission) .......................................... 466
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 665 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
666
Index
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 499
LaneWatch
TM
............................................. 513
LATCH (Child Seats) .............................. 68, 72
Lights ................................................. 175, 584
Automatic ............................................... 176
Bulb Replacement.................................... 584
Daytime Running Lights........................... 182
Fog Lights................................................ 178
High Beam Indicator .................................. 89
Interior .................................................... 205
Light Switches ......................................... 175
Lights On Indicator .................................... 89
Turn Signals............................................. 174
Load Limits................................................ 449
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 132
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 144
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 143
From Inside.............................................. 142
From Outside........................................... 135
Keys ........................................................ 132
Using a Key ............................................. 140
Lockout Prevention System...................... 141
Low Battery Charge.................................. 634
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 85
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 83, 634
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength................................................... 134
Lower Anchors...................................... 68, 72
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 449
Lumbar Support........................................ 196
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch....... 196
M
Maintenance............................................. 553
Adding the Coolant................................. 578
Battery .................................................... 604
Brake Fluid .............................................. 582
Cleaning ................................................. 609
Coolant........................................... 577, 579
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 557
Oil........................................................... 571
Precautions ............................................. 554
Radiator .................................................. 580
Remote Transmitter................................. 606
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 584
Safety...................................................... 555
Service Items ................................... 559, 564
Tires ........................................................ 595
Transmission Fluid ................................... 581
Under the Hood ...................................... 567
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 83, 635
Map Lights................................................ 207
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 449
Meters, Gauges......................................... 116
Mirrors ...................................................... 193
Adjusting ................................................ 193
Door ....................................................... 194
Exterior ................................................... 194
Interior Rearview ..................................... 193
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 614
Moonroof ................................................. 165
MP3................................................... 251, 307
Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 546
N
Numbers (Identification) ......................... 650
O
Odometer ......................................... 117, 121
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 456
Oil (Engine) .............................................. 570
Adding ................................................... 573
Checking ................................................ 571
Displaying Oil Life ........................... 557, 562
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 83, 634
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 570
Viscosity.................................................. 570
Open Source Licenses .............................. 348
Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 569
Moonroof ............................................... 165
Power Windows...................................... 162
Tailgate................................................... 148
Outside Temperature Display ......... 119, 126
Overheating ............................................. 631
P
Pandora® .......................................... 249, 305
Panic Mode............................................... 161
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 666 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
667
Index
Panoramic Roof........................................ 166
Parking ..................................................... 540
Parking Brake........................................... 522
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator (Amber)............................... 81, 82
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator (Red).......................... 80, 636, 637
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 61
Passing Indicators..................................... 175
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ............... 254, 310
Power Tailgate ......................................... 150
Power Windows ....................................... 162
Precautions While Driving....................... 465
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle.................................................. 465
Rain ........................................................ 465
Pregnant Women....................................... 47
Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 617
R
Radiator.................................................... 580
Radio (FM/AM) ................................. 244, 287
Radio (SiriusXM®)..................................... 291
Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 245, 290
Range................................................ 118, 122
RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 245, 290
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 654
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
System
TM
.................................................. 515
Rear Seat Heaters..................................... 222
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 199
Rearview Mirror........................................ 193
Refueling................................................... 548
Fuel Gauge.............................................. 116
Gasoline .......................................... 548, 648
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85
Regulations ............................... 520, 598, 652
Remote Transmitter ................................. 139
Replacement
Battery .................................................... 606
Bulbs ....................................................... 584
Fuses ............................................... 640, 641
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 593
Tires ........................................................ 601
Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 591
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 653
Resetting a Trip Meter ..................... 118, 122
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 495
On and Off.............................................. 496
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 33
Safety Check ............................................... 38
Safety Labels ............................................... 77
Safety Message ............................................. 1
Seat Belts..................................................... 40
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 45
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 43
Checking................................................... 48
Detachable Anchor.................................... 46
Fastening .................................................. 44
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 71
Pregnant Women ...................................... 47
Reminder .................................................. 42
Warning Indicator ............................... 42, 84
Seat Heaters...................................... 221, 222
Seats .......................................................... 195
Adjusting ................................................ 195
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 195
Front Seat Heaters................................... 221
Front Seats .............................................. 195
Rear Seats ............................................... 199
Seat Heaters.................................... 221, 222
Security System......................................... 159
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 91
Select Lever......................................... 23, 467
Operation.......................................... 23, 468
Releasing................................................. 630
Won’t Move............................................ 630
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 67
Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 237
Setting the Clock...................................... 130
Shift Lever........................................... 23, 467
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 84, 468
Shifting (Transmission)............................. 467
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 45
Side Airbags................................................ 56
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58
Siri® Eyes Free ................................... 257, 319
SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 291
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 667 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
668
Index
Smart Entry System................................... 135
Snow Tires ................................................. 603
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) .............................. 301
Spare Tire .......................................... 617, 649
Spark Plugs................................................ 648
Specifications ............................................ 648
Specified Fuel.................................... 548, 648
Speedometer............................................. 116
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 52
Starter System Indicator............................. 93
Starting the Engine .......................... 458, 460
Does Not Start ......................................... 624
Engine Switch Buzzer....................... 169, 172
Jump Starting .......................................... 627
Steering Wheel ......................................... 192
Adjusting................................................. 192
Stopping.................................................... 540
Summer Tires ............................................ 603
Sunglasses Holder..................................... 219
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 52
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................. 4, 5, 169
System Message Indicator.......................... 89
T
Tachometer............................................... 116
Tailgate ..................................................... 148
Tailgate Open Indicator.............................. 87
Unable to Open ....................................... 645
Temperature
Outside Temperature Display........... 119, 126
Temperature Sensor......................... 119, 126
Theft Protection ....................................... 232
Time (Setting) ........................................... 130
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 516
Button..................................................... 516
Indicator.................................................... 88
Tires........................................................... 595
Air Pressure ..................................... 596, 649
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 595
Inspection ............................................... 595
Labeling .................................................. 596
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 617
Regulations ............................................. 598
Rotation .................................................. 602
Spare Tire........................................ 617, 649
Summer .................................................. 603
Tire Chains .............................................. 603
Wear Indicators ....................................... 600
Winter..................................................... 603
Tonneau Cover ......................................... 223
Tools.......................................................... 616
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 451
Equipment and Accessories ..................... 452
Load Limits.............................................. 451
Towing Your Vehicle................................ 455
Behind a Motorhome .............................. 455
Emergency .............................................. 644
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System).................................................... 516
Button .................................................... 516
Indicator ................................................... 88
Transmission............................................. 467
Continuously Variable ............................. 467
Fluid ....................................................... 581
Number .................................................. 650
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............. 84, 468
TRIP Knob ......................................... 117, 121
Trip Meter ........................................ 117, 121
Troubleshooting ...................................... 615
Blown Fuse ..................................... 640, 641
Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 30
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 30
Emergency Towing ................................. 644
Engine Won’t Start ................................. 624
Noise When Braking ................................. 31
Overheating............................................ 631
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 617
Rear Door Won’t Open ..................... 30, 143
Select Lever Won’t Move ........................ 630
Warning Indicators.................................... 80
Turbo Engine Vehicle .............................. 552
Turn Signals.............................................. 174
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 89
U
Under-floor Storage Area ....................... 212
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 135
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 668 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
669
Index
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside......................................................... 15
USB Flash Drives ....................... 251, 307, 333
USB Port(s)................................................ 231
V
Valet Key .................................................. 133
Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 7
Vehicle Identification Number................ 650
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) ............... 507
Off Button .............................................. 508
Off Indicator ............................................. 86
System Indicator ....................................... 86
Viscosity (Oil).................................... 570, 649
Voice Control Operation ......................... 283
Audio Commands................................... 285
Climate Control Commands.................... 286
General Commands ................................ 286
Music Search Commands........................ 286
On Screen Commands ............................ 286
Phone Commands .................................. 285
Useful Commands .................................. 285
Voice Portal Screen ................................. 284
Voice Recognition ................................... 283
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist®) ............... 507
W
Wallpaper ......................................... 240, 268
Warning and Information
Messages ......................................... 101, 102
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 634
Warning Labels........................................... 77
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 656
Watts ......................................................... 648
WAV .......................................................... 251
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 600
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 620
Wi-Fi Connection ...................................... 317
Window Washers...................................... 183
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 583
Switch ..................................................... 183
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 162
Windshield ................................................ 183
Cleaning.......................................... 609, 612
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 225
Washer Fluid ........................................... 583
Wiper Blades ........................................... 591
Wipers and Washers................................ 183
Winter Tires .............................................. 603
Snow Tires............................................... 603
Tire Chains .............................................. 603
Wipers and Washers................................. 183
Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 184
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 591
Front ....................................................... 183
Rear ........................................................ 185
WMA................................................. 251, 307
Worn Tires ................................................ 595
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 669 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 670 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 671 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
19 CR-V ELP HCM MAP HMIN-31TLA6200.book 672 ページ ２０１８年８月２２日 水曜日 午後２時５９分
owners.honda.com (U.S.)
myhonda.ca (Canada)
2019 Honda CR-V Owner’s Manual
©2018 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
31TLA620
OM-10489
00X31-TLA-6201 Printed in U.S.A.
